EP4285155A2 - Adaptive estimation of gnss satellite biases - Google Patents

Adaptive estimation of gnss satellite biases

Info

Publication number
EP4285155A2
EP4285155A2 EP21916671.7A EP21916671A EP4285155A2 EP 4285155 A2 EP4285155 A2 EP 4285155A2 EP 21916671 A EP21916671 A EP 21916671A EP 4285155 A2 EP4285155 A2 EP 4285155A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
bias
satellite
lane
filter
code
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP21916671.7A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Liwen Dai
Yiqun Chen
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Deere and Co
Original Assignee
Deere and Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/302,572 external-priority patent/US12099125B2/en
Application filed by Deere and Co filed Critical Deere and Co
Publication of EP4285155A2 publication Critical patent/EP4285155A2/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S19/00Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
    • G01S19/01Satellite radio beacon positioning systems transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
    • G01S19/03Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers
    • G01S19/04Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers providing carrier phase data
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S19/00Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
    • G01S19/01Satellite radio beacon positioning systems transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
    • G01S19/03Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers
    • G01S19/07Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers providing data for correcting measured positioning data, e.g. DGPS [differential GPS] or ionosphere corrections
    • G01S19/073Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers providing data for correcting measured positioning data, e.g. DGPS [differential GPS] or ionosphere corrections involving a network of fixed stations

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to method and system for providing a satellite correction signal with adaptive estimation of GNSS satellite baises
  • each satellite clock may have a satellite clock bias or clock error that can be measured with reference to a GNSS system clock time, among other alternatives.
  • the correction data contains corresponding clock bias or clock solutions for each satellite within view or reception range, at the mobile receiver of the end user.
  • the satellite clock bias with a respective satellite identifier is transmitted to end users or subscribers of the satellite correction signal.
  • some GNSS satellites are susceptible to significant code and/or phase biases changes during transient time periods because of changes in satellite transmit power, changes in satellite transmit power allocation between or among encoded components (e.g., pseudo-random noise code components and/or coarse -acquisition code components), temperature change, or switching of redundant transmitters, different antennas or different hardware signal paths within one or more satellites within any GNSS constellation of satellites. Accordingly, there is need to improve the accuracy and timeliness of code and phase biases in correction signals that are provided wirelessly to rover or mobile GNSS receivers.
  • encoded components e.g., pseudo-random noise code components and/or coarse -acquisition code components
  • temperature change e.g., temperature change, or switching of redundant transmitters, different antennas or different hardware signal paths within one or more satellites within any GNSS constellation of satellites.
  • a method or system for providing a global satellite differential correction signal comprises an electronic data processor of a data processing center that is configured to determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and a corresponding time-variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite.
  • a first pair of a wide-lane (WL), zero-difference (ZD) bias filter and a corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter determines the time-variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to a tuned dynamic noise provided by the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive fdter for each satellite.
  • the electronic data processor of a data processing center is configured to determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite.
  • a second pair of a narrow-lane (NL), zero-difference (ZD) bias filter and a corresponding NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter determines the time-variant narrow-lane bias (e.g., refraction corrected (NL) code-phase bias) for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to another tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code-phase bias filter for each satellite.
  • the electronic data processor of a data processing center is configured to provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias, and a code bias (e.g., code-phase bias)
  • the first pair and second pair of filters for each satellite are developed to support adaptive estimation of satellite wide-lane bias and narrow lane bias, respectively.
  • the code-phase bias can be integrated into correction signals (e.g., StarFireTM correction signals) in a timely manner through wireless channels (e.g., satellite L-band communications) or internet-capable wireless channels for civilian operations (e.g., in real-time or timely basis for control of heavy-equipment, agricultural, construction, or industrial equipment/vehicles).
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram of one embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock, where the satellite correction signal is provided via a communications satellite.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • FIG. IB is a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock, where the satellite correction signal is provided via a wireless communications system.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • FIG. 2A is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a moderate latency.
  • FIG. 2B is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a lower latency than the measurements of FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • FIG. 4 shows an illustrative example of the correction data estimator of FIG. 3 in greater detail.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram that illustrates the parallel operation of slow clock process (e.g., moderate latency clock process) and the fast clock process (e.g., low latency clock process).
  • slow clock process e.g., moderate latency clock process
  • fast clock process e.g., low latency clock process
  • FIG. 6 is a flow chart of one embodiment method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • FIG. 7 is a flow chart of another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low -latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • FIG. 8A provides an illustrative chart of computation time in providing slow clock solutions versus GNSS time.
  • FIG. 8B provides an illustrative chart of computation time in providing low latency clock solutions versus GNSS time.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of one embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
  • FIG. 11 shows one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
  • FIG. 12 shows another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
  • FIG. 13 shows yet another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
  • FIG. 14 shows still another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
  • FIG. 15A is a block diagram of one embodiment of a WL filtering system.
  • FIG. 15B is a block diagram of one embodiment of a NL fdtering system.
  • FIG. 16A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an LI signal (e.g., LI P(Y) signal encoded with pseudo-random noise code (PN) and LI CA (coarse-acquisition code)), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • FIG. 16B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an L2 signal (e.g., L2 P(Y) encoded with PN and L2C signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • L2 signal e.g., L2 P(Y) encoded with PN and L2C signal
  • FIG. 17A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an LI signal (e.g., LI P(Y) or L2 P(Y) signal encoded with PN and the L1CA encoded with the course-acquisition code), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • LI signal e.g., LI P(Y) or L2 P(Y) signal encoded with PN and the L1CA encoded with the course-acquisition code
  • FIG. 17B is chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits the L2 signal (e.g., P(Y) encoded with PN and the L2C signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • L2 signal e.g., P(Y) encoded with PN and the L2C signal
  • FIG. 18A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an LI signal (e.g., LI (P(Y) or L2 P(Y) signal encoded with PN and the L1CA encoded with the course-acquisition code), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • LI signal e.g., LI (P(Y) or L2 P(Y) signal encoded with PN and the L1CA encoded with the course-acquisition code
  • FIG. 18B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits the L2 signal (e.g., L2 P(Y) encoded with PN and the L2C signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • L2 signal e.g., L2 P(Y) encoded with PN and the L2C signal
  • FIG. 19A is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias for the PI signal versus L1CA signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals.
  • FIG. 19B is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias for the P2 signal versus L2C signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals.
  • FIG. 20A illustrates the WL bias versus time for a WL filtering system that is operating in a first WL filtering mode.
  • FIG. 20B illustrates the WL bias versus time and the WL residual versus time for a WL filtering system that is operating in a second WL filtering mode.
  • FIG. 21A illustrates the NL bias versus time for NL filtering system that is operating in the first NL filtering mode.
  • FIG. 2 IB illustrates the NL bias versus time and the code-phase bias versus time for the NL filtering system that is operating in the second NL filtering mode.
  • FIG. 22 is a flow chart of a first illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a second illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 24 is a flow chart of a third illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of a fourth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 26 is a flow chart of a fifth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart of a sixth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 28 is a flow chart of a seventh illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 29 is a flow chart of a eighth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 30 is a flow chart of a ninth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signa, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
  • a module or estimator may refer to software, hardware, or both. If a module is realized as software, it may be stored in a data storage device 24 for processing by a data processor 20. Adapted to, configured to, or arranged to means that a module, estimator, or other device is capable of performing a function described in the specification or supporting a feature. For example, adapted to, configured to or arranged to may include a module that is programmed with software instructions that are stored in a data storage device 24 for processing by a data processor 20 to perform specific functions set forth in this document.
  • Approximately or about shall mean a tolerance of plus or minus twenty-five percent of any value, number or quantity unless otherwise specifically defined.
  • a location-determining receiver or satellite receiver (12, 30) such as a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) receiver, is capable of receiving carrier phase measurements that are subject to ambiguities, such as integer ambiguities, in the number of cycles or fractional cycles of the received satellite signal.
  • An epoch or measurement time means a specific instant in time of a navigation satellite system or the time interval during which the mobile receiver measures the carrier phase (e.g., at a certain corresponding frequency or rate).
  • the receiver (12, 30) determines or resolves ambiguities of carrier phase measurements to estimate accurately the precise position or coordinates of the receiver.
  • code phase (code) or pseudo-range measurements of the GNSS receiver (12, 30) are not associated with integer ambiguities in the cycles of the received satellite, code phase measurements do not provide the centimeter level position accuracy required for certain applications.
  • ambiguities are often specific to the context of particular equations which relate to observations from one or more receivers of carrier phase signals from one or more satellites.
  • WL wide-lane
  • NL narrow-lane
  • ZD zero- difference
  • SD single-difference
  • DD double-difference
  • RTK real-time-kinematic
  • RC refraction-corrected
  • certain ambiguities will be specific to certain modules because different modules or predictive filters (e.g., Kalman filters) within those modules to accommodate different update rates of the filters and states of the filters, and communication of data or states between the filters of different modules.
  • any reference to ambiguity can refer to a singular ambiguity or plural ambiguities.
  • the satellite navigation receiver can receive at least two frequencies, such as LI and L2 frequencies
  • the difference of the LI and L2 carrier phase measurements can be combined to form wide- lane (WL) measurement (e.g., with a wavelength of approximately 86.25 centimeters for GPS) and the sum of the LI and L2 carrier phase measurements can be combined to form narrow-lane (NL) measurements (e.g., with a wavelength of approximately 10.7 centimeters).
  • WL wide- lane
  • NL narrow-lane
  • the wide-lane measurements facilitate quick and efficient resolution of wide-lane integer ambiguities
  • the narrow-lane measurements facilitate precise and accurate resolution of narrow-lane ambiguities with minimal phase noise.
  • the refraction-corrected ambiguities compensate for the first order of atmospheric delay.
  • Single difference measurements are generally formed with respect to one satellite, a reference receiver 30 and a rover receiver (12). Alternately, single difference measurements can be formed with respect to one receiver (reference receiver 30 or rover 12) and a pair of satellites.
  • double difference measurements are generally formed with respect to two satellites, a reference receiver 30 and a rover receiver (12), or by subtracting two single -difference measurements.
  • certain double -difference measurements can be formed with two single-difference measurements from the same reference receiver at two different times and associated with a pair of satellites, as will be described later in FIG. 6.
  • a method or system provides a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency satellite clock estimate.
  • An electronic data processing center 18 is arranged to collect raw phase measurements from a plurality of reference receivers 30 at known corresponding locations (e.g., three dimensional coordinates).
  • a measurement pre-processing (MPP) module (36 in FIG. 3) or a data processor 20 of the data processing center 18 determines a wide-lane ambiguity and a respective satellite wide-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite to provide assistance or appropriate constraints for efficient or rapid resolution of narrow-lane ambiguities.
  • An orbit solution module 38 or the data processor 20 determines satellite correction data 16 for each satellite in an orbit solution at an orbit correction rate based on the collected raw phase and code measurements and determined orbital narrow-lane ambiguity and respective orbital satellite narrow-lane bias, which can be estimated with the assistance of the determined wide-lane ambiguity and wide-lane bias.
  • the wide-lane ambiguity and respective wide-lane bias, determined by the measurement preprocessing module 36 can be shared and leveraged amongst one or more predictive filters (39, 43, 412) in the other modules (38, 44, 42) of the correction data estimator 34.
  • a clock solution module 44 or data processor 20 determines a slow satellite clock correction (e.g., moderate -latency satellite clock correction) at a slow update rate (or moderate update rate) based on the satellite orbital correction data 50, the collected raw phase and code measurements, and clock narrow-lane ambiguity and respective satellite narrow-lane bias, which can be estimated with the assistance of the determined wide-lane ambiguity and wide-lane bias.
  • a low latency clock module 42 or data processor 20 determines lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment to the slow satellite clock at a fast update rate based on freshly or recently updated measurements of the collected raw phase measurements that are more current than a plurality of previous measurements of the collected raw phase measurements used for the slow satellite clock correction to provide lower-latency clock correction data 16.
  • the fast update rate is a fixed rate that is greater than the slow update rate or orbit rate (e.g., orbital update rate).
  • the fast update rate can be varied (dynamically) based on: (1) availability, reliability or quality (e.g., signal strength, dilution of precision, or other quality metrics) of the raw carrier phase measurements from particular satellites or reference stations, or (2) selecting a subset of the satellite measurements or reference stations as active for use to estimate correction data based on availability, reliability or quality of the raw carrier phase measurements from time to time.
  • the data processing center 18 incorporates the satellite orbital correction data 50 and the low- latency clock correction data 16 into the correction data 16 with global validity for the GNSS for transmission (e.g., satellite or wireless transmission) to one or more mobile receivers 12 that operate in a precise positioning mode, such as a precise point positioning (PPP) mode.
  • the data processing center 18 incorporates the satellite wide-lane bias, the satellite orbital correction data, the satellite narrow-lane bias from the slow clock solution and the low latency clock correction data into the correction data, encoded on the global satellite differential correction signal, with global validity for the GNSS transmission to one or more mobile receivers.
  • the precise positioning mode uses precise clock and orbital solutions for the received signals of the satellites, along with satellite biases, to provide precise correction data 16 that is globally valid or that does not depend on a locally valid differential data, such as real-time kinematic (RTK) correction data 16 that is locally valid, accurate for short-baselines between the reference station and the mobile station (e.g., for applications or off-road vehicles that require greater than reliable decimeter level accuracy).
  • precise correction data 16 that is globally valid or that does not depend on a locally valid differential data, such as real-time kinematic (RTK) correction data 16 that is locally valid, accurate for short-baselines between the reference station and the mobile station (e.g., for applications or off-road vehicles that require greater than reliable decimeter level accuracy).
  • RTK real-time kinematic
  • the orbit rate (e.g., orbital update rate) is less than (e.g., or less than or equal to) the slow update rate; an orbit zero-difference filter 404 is applied to facilitate the estimation, by the orbit narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filter), of the orbit narrow-lane ambiguity and respective narrow-lane satellite bias at the orbit update rate based on the collected raw phase measurements.
  • the orbit narrow-lane estimator 39 e.g., narrow-lane filter
  • the fast update rate is greater than the slow update rate or the orbit rate; a clock zero-difference filter 408 can be applied to facilitate the estimation, by the clock narrow-lane estimator 43 (e.g., narrow-lane filter), of the clock narrow-lane ambiguity and respective narrow-lane satellite bias at the slow update rate based on the collected raw phase measurements.
  • the clock narrow-lane estimator 43 e.g., narrow-lane filter
  • a system is capable of providing correction data 16, encoded in a satellite correction signal, with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock solution or precise, low-latency clock data in real-time.
  • the final satellite clock solution comprises precise, low-latency clock data that represents an integrated solution of two simultaneous or parallel processes for estimation of GNSS satellite clock estimates: (1) a slow clock solution and (2) low-latency clock solution or intermediate low-latency solution.
  • the latency can be measured based on time difference between an earlier measurement time (e.g., epoch) associated with a collection of phase measurements of satellite signals at one or more reference receivers 30 and receipt of processed measurements at a later measurement time (e.g., epoch) at the mobile receiver 12 or rover.
  • an earlier measurement time e.g., epoch
  • a later measurement time e.g., epoch
  • FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B subdivide the above latency time difference into different time periods for additional analysis, which will be described later.
  • Low-latency means a lower latency than a moderate latency of the slow clock solution of the clock solution module 44.
  • the lower latency solution (e.g., of the low latency clock module 42) may be referred to as a fast clock solution (e.g., from a fast clock process), whereas the moderate latency solution (e.g., of the clock solution module 44) may be referred to as a slow clock solution (e.g., from a slow clock process).
  • a low latency clock module 42 or data processor 20 determines lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment to the slow satellite clock based on freshly or recently updated measurements of the collected raw phase measurements that are more current than a plurality of previous measurements of the collected raw phase measurements used for the slow satellite clock correction to provide lower- latency clock correction data 16.
  • the lower-latency clock correction data 16 refers to aggregate, smooth clock correction data, with lower-latency than the slow clock solution, that contains contributions from the lower-latency satellite clock correction data and the slow satellite clock correction data.
  • the low-latency clock data or low-latency clock solution can refer to either or both of the following: (1) the clock data associated with the low-latency process, or (2) the final satellite clock solution that results from an integrated solution based on the slow clock solution and the intermediate, low-latency solution.
  • the low-latency clock data improves the accuracy of satellite clocks and reduces the latency (or increases the timeliness) of the final solution in real time, which is incorporated into correction data 16 for distribution to mobile receivers 12 or rovers.
  • the slow clock process can utilize most or all possible measurements (e.g., carrier phase measurements from the reference data network 32 of reference receivers 30) to estimate a slow clock solution, but with a slow clock latency, slow clock delay or moderate latency (e.g., approximately 6 seconds to approximately 10 seconds) associated with: (1) the estimation, by the data processing center 18 and associated reference data network 32, of absolute satellite clocks, tropospheric bias, satellite narrow-lane bias and satellite narrow-lane ambiguity (e.g., refraction corrected narrow-lane ambiguity), or (2) the collection, by the data processing center 18 and associated reference data network 32, of raw phase measurements from the reference receivers 30, (3) both the above estimation and collection.
  • a slow clock latency, slow clock delay or moderate latency e.g., approximately 6 seconds to approximately 10 seconds
  • the slow clock solution is used to conduct ambiguity resolution and to estimate tropospheric bias and gradients per reference receiver to facilitate determination of a refraction correction for the clock narrow -lane ambiguity and respective narrow lane bias; the resolved ambiguities and/or estimated tropospheric bias from the slow clock process can be shared or used in the low-latency clock solution.
  • tropospheric bias can be estimated based on an a priori model and residual tropospheric bias estimation from the slow clock solution.
  • the slow clock process supports collection and analysis of more measurements than the low-latency process to facilitate precise or absolute accuracy of clock estimates and more sophisticated slow clock models.
  • the slow clock process has greater data processing capacity or throughput requirements than the low -latency clock process, such that the computation of the slow clock solution can take approximately one to approximately two seconds, even if the data processing center 18 supports a parallel data processing environment.
  • the low-latency clock process uses less of the measurements (e.g., carrier phase measurements from the reference data network 32) than the slow clock process and the low-latency process has a low-latency or low-latency clock delay (e.g., about one to two seconds) to collect or to collect and compute satellite clock change at a low-latency rate that is greater than the slow clock rate or moderate latency rate .
  • the data processor 20 or the data processing center 18 integrates low-latency clock data with slow clock data and orbit data at low-latency rate to deliver a consistent, accurate and timely set of correction data 16.
  • the data processing center 18 can deliver a consistent set of correction data 16 including satellite orbit, clock (e.g., absolute clock estimate), wide-lane satellite bias, narrow-lane satellite bias and quality information in a timely manner (e.g., with reduced latency or low-latency with respect to the slow clock process).
  • the data processing center 18 can deliver in real-time the correction data 16 to one or more mobile receivers with correction wireless device 14 through satellite signals (e.g., L-band signals) in FIG. 1A, through a wireless communications system 135 (in FIG. IB), or through a wireless communications system 57 (in FIG. 3) (e.g., via Internet 56).
  • satellite signals e.g., L-band signals
  • the correction data is delivered in real-time without material latency (between measurement time or raw phase measurements at the reference receiver 30 and availability of correction data at the mobile receiver 12) that would tend to degrade accuracy in position estimates of approximately five centimeter horizontal (e.g., pass-to-pass) accuracy or better with approximately ninety-five percent reliability with less than one standard deviation of variation at the mobile receiver 12.
  • the system comprises a constellation of satellites (e.g., with satellite transmitters 10), including at least those satellites that are within view or reception range of one or more reference satellite receivers (e.g., reference GNSS receivers).
  • reference receivers 30 e.g., GNSS reference stations
  • GNSS reference stations are globally distributed at sites with good satellite geometry and visibility to a set of satellites.
  • Each reference receiver 30 has a digital portion of the receiver that comprises an electronic data processing system, which comprises an electronic data processor, a data storage device, data port and a data bus that supports communication between that data processor, data storage device and the data port. Further, the receiver comprises a measurement module for measuring one or more received satellite signals from navigation satellite transmitters 10. In one embodiment, the measurement module (e.g., carrier phase measurement module) is associated with the baseband or intermediate frequency processing or stored as software instructions in the data storage device within the digital portion of the receiver 30.
  • the measurement module e.g., carrier phase measurement module
  • Each reference receiver 30 has a measurement module that measures observables, such as the carrier phase of one or more received satellite signals from each satellite.
  • the measurement module of the reference receiver 30 may also measure the pseudo-range or code phase of a pseudo-random noise code that is encoded on one or more of the carrier signals.
  • a demodulator or decoder of the reference receiver 30 e.g., stored as software instructions in the data storage device
  • the reference receivers 30 receive and send measurements, ephemeris data, other observables and any information derived from the deliverables to a data processing center 18, or hubs with similar processing capability, in real time.
  • each reference receiver 30 transmits (e.g., via a communications link, a communications network, a wireless channel, a communications channel, communications line, a transmission line, or otherwise) a set of carrier phase measurements of received satellite signals, and associated satellite identifiers, and ephemeris data to an electronic data processing center 18 (e.g., reference data processing hub).
  • an electronic data processing center 18 e.g., reference data processing hub
  • the data processing center 18 comprises an electronic data processor 20, a data storage device 24, and one or more data ports 26 that are coupled to a data bus 22.
  • the data processor 20, the data storage device 24 and the one or more data ports 26 may communicate with each other via the data bus 22.
  • the software instructions and data that are stored in the data storage device 24 may be executed by the data processor 20 to implement any of the blocks, components or modules (e.g., electronic modules, software modules, or both) described in this disclosure document.
  • the data processor 20 may comprise a microcontroller, a microprocessor, a programmable logic array, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a digital signal processor, or another device for processing data, manipulating, accessing, retrieving, and storing data.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • a data storage device 24 may comprise electronic member, non-volatile electronic memory, an optical storage device, a magnetic storage device, or another device for storing digital or analog data on a tangible storage medium, such as an optical disk, a magnetic disk, or electronic memory.
  • the data port 26 may comprise a buffer memory, a transceiver or both for interfacing with other network elements, such as a reference receiver 30 or a terrestrial satellite uplink station 28.
  • the data processing center 18, data processor 20 or correction data estimator 34 receives the phase measurements and corresponding satellite identifiers from the reference receivers 30, reference receiver identifiers (or corresponding coordinates) and processes the phase measurements to estimate a clock bias for each satellite, or rather each satellite signal, or a corresponding clock solution for incorporation into correction data 16.
  • the correction data estimator 34 comprises software instructions or a module for determining the correction data 16 based on received phase measurements from the reference data network 32 or reference receivers 30.
  • the clock solution, clock bias or correction data 16 is provided to a terrestrial uplink station 28 or another communications link.
  • the communications satellite 35 is adapted to make the correction data 16 available or transmit the correction data 16 to a correction wireless device 14.
  • the correction wireless device 14 is coupled to a mobile receiver 12 (e.g., mobile GNSS receiver or mobile satellite receiver) or rover.
  • the mobile receiver 12 also receives satellite signals from one or more satellite transmitters 10 (e.g., GNSS satellites) and measures the carrier phase of the received satellite signals from the satellite transmitters 10.
  • the precise clock solutions or clock biases in the correction data 16 can be used by the mobile receiver 12 to estimate the precise position, attitude, or velocity of the mobile receiver 12, or its antenna.
  • the mobile receiver 12 may employ a precise positioning estimator, such as a precise point positioning (PPP) estimator, using precise clock and orbital solutions for the received signals of the satellite transmitters 10.
  • PPP precise point positioning
  • the method and real-time global navigation satellite system (GNSS) receiver navigation technique can achieve centimeter-level accuracy positioning, by using the real-time global differential correction data 16.
  • This correction data 16 is available and valid globally through one or more of the following: (1) satellite communications (e.g., L-Band geostationary communication satellite) in FIG. 1A, (2) wireless communications system 135 (e.g., cellular communications) in FIG. IB, or (3) wireless communications system 57 (e.g., cellular wireless system or WiFi system that is coupled to the Internet 56 for receipt of correction data 16 from a server 54.
  • satellite communications e.g., L-Band geostationary communication satellite
  • wireless communications system 135 e.g., cellular communications
  • wireless communications system 57 e.g., cellular wireless system or WiFi system that is coupled to the Internet 56 for receipt of correction data 16 from a server 54.
  • global differential correction eliminates the need for local reference stations and radio communication that would otherwise be used to establish short baselines (e.g., less than 20 kilometers to 30 kilometers) between a reference receiver 30 and a rover for precise position accuracy.
  • short baselines e.g., less than 20 kilometers to 30 kilometers
  • the system of FIG. IB is similar to the system of FIG. 1 A, except the terrestrial uplink station 28, the communications satellite 35, and the correction wireless device 14 of FIG. 1A are replaced by the wireless communications device 128, the wireless communication system 135, and the correction wireless device 114 of FIG. IB, respectively.
  • the correction wireless device 14 may comprise a satellite receiver
  • the correction wireless device 114 may comprise a cellular transceiver, a wireless receiver, or another wireless communications device.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 1A and FIG. IB indicate like elements.
  • the data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 provides the correction data 16 to the wireless communications device 128, directly or indirectly through one or more communications networks (e.g., Internet), communications links, data packet networks, or communication channels.
  • the wireless communications device 128 transmits the data to one or more wireless communications systems 135.
  • a communications network, communications link, data packet network, switched network, mobile telephone switching office, microwave links, communications lines, fiber-optic links, or communications channels may interconnect the wireless systems 136 to support communication of the correction data 16 from the wireless communications device 128 to the correction wireless device 114. Accordingly, the mobile receiver 12 obtains the correction data from the correction wireless device 114 with an acceptable level of latency.
  • FIG. 2A is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a moderate latency during a measurement collection time.
  • FIG. 2A is a diagram that illustrates the latency time associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with correction data 16, which can include a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites.
  • the latency time is measured along the horizontal axis 60.
  • the correction latency is one of the critical factors to impact overall system performance in providing a GNSS correction data service to end users or subscribers.
  • the correction latency can be defined as the time difference between a measurement epoch at a reference receiver 30 or set of reference receivers 30 (or pre-processing completed epoch in the measurement preprocessing module 37 for the set of reference receivers) of processed measurements from the reference data network 32 and a reference epoch of the applied correction data 16 in one or more mobile receivers 12.
  • the correction latency of the correction data 16 or correction signal is a composition of three basic sources: (1) the measurement collection time period 62 (e.g., from TO to Tl) for the reference receiver 30 measurements (e.g., GNSS data from the reference receivers 30, which may be geographically located globally) to arrive at the data processing center 18 (or server); (2) the processing time period or clock estimation processing time period 64 (e.g., from Tl to T2 or Tl through T3) by the data processing center 18; and (3) the correction delivery time period 66 (e.g., T3 to T4) to deliver to the final user at the mobile receiver 12.
  • the measurement collection time period 62 e.g., from TO to Tl
  • the reference receiver 30 measurements e.g., GNSS data from the reference receivers 30, which may be geographically located globally
  • the processing time period or clock estimation processing time period 64 e.g., from Tl to T2 or Tl through T3
  • the correction delivery time period 66 e.g., T3 to T4 to deliver
  • an additional source of delay is the clock messaging time period 65 (e.g., T2 to T3) between the processing time period and the correction delivery time period.
  • a first delay or measurement collection time 62 is between a measurement time at the reference receiver 30 or set of reference receivers 30 and receipt time at the electronic data processing center 18.
  • the first delay is associated with factors such as the distance between the sites of reference receivers 30 and the data processing center 18 and the propagation delay associated with the transmission of electrical or electromagnetic signals between the reference receivers 30 (at different sites, possibly throughout the world) and the data processing center 18.
  • the first delay may include pre-processing time for position estimates, ambiguities, tropospheric delay, atmospheric delay, clock bias, receiver bias or other pre-processing estimates provided by one or more reference receivers 30, or by the measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36, or both the reference receivers 30 and the MPP module 36.
  • MPP measurement pre-processing
  • the carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements from the reference data network 32 are collected and pre-processed when they arrive at the data processing center 18.
  • the data processing center 18 can adjust the measurement collection time period 62 within certain bounds to favor accuracy or speed. The longer time that the data processing center 18 waits to collect the measurement data (and pre-processed data) from the reference network 32 prior to processing the measurement data, the more measurements the data processing center 18 can collect to support improved accuracy of orbit, clock and satellite bias, and reliability of network ambiguity resolution. However, if the measurement collection time period 62 exceeds a maximum threshold or is too long, the long data collection time can degrade the accuracy of the correction data 16 because it will be stale or outdated when it is finally received at the mobile station 12 and because other delays or latencies besides the measurement collection time must be considered in evaluating whether the correction data 16 is stale or sufficiently timely at the mobile station 12.
  • a second delay or clock processing time period 64 is between the receipt at the data processing center 18 and the processing time at the data processing center 18, which may be impacted by the throughput capacity or capability of the data processor 20, the clock speed of the data processor 20, the specifications or operations performed per time unit of the data processor 20.
  • the processing time of the data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 e.g., Innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator (iCORE)
  • iCORE Innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator
  • the third delay or clock messaging time period 65 is associated with the time between completion of data processing by the data processor 20 at the data processing center 18 and transmission of the data to the terrestrial uplink station 28, the communications satellite 35, or other communications device (e.g., wireless communications network).
  • the fourth delay or correction delivery time period 66 is associated with delivery of the correction data 16 message from the communications satellite 35 or other communications device, for example.
  • the first delay (62) is listed as approximately six seconds in FIG. 2A; the second delay (64) as listed as approximately two seconds; the third delay (65) is listed as approximately zero to three seconds, and the fourth delay (66) is listed as approximately one to two seconds; the other durations of the delay are possible and can fall within the scope of the claims.
  • every additional second delay of clock corrections above a target aggregate latency e.g., from measurement time to receipt time at the rover
  • target latency range can degrade up to five percent path-to-path accuracy for rover navigation.
  • FIG. 2B is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a lower latency than the measurements of FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 2A is similar to FIG. 2B, except the first delay 162 and the second delay 164 of FIG. 2B are shortened compared to the first delay 62 and the second delay 64, respectively, of FIG. 2A.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B indicate like elements.
  • the first delay 162 or measurement collection time is analogous to the first delay 62 of FIG. 2A, except the first delay 162 has a duration of approximately two seconds or less.
  • the first delay 162 can be reduced from the first delay 62 by one or more of the following factors: (1) collecting the measurement data from a set of reference receivers 30 over a shorter period of time, (2) disregarding, by the data processing center 18, measurement data from satellites, satellite signals, or reference receivers that do not pass quality checks or statistical analysis, such as standard deviations of the ambiguity resolutions for wide-lane ambiguities, narrow-lane ambiguities or refraction-corrected ambiguities at one or more reference receivers 30, and (3) enhancing the throughput capacity or data processing capacity of the data processing center 18 via higher clock speeds, parallel data processing, improved efficient software instructions within the correction data estimator 34, or the like.
  • the second delay 164 or clock processing time is analogous to the second delay 64 of FIG. 2A, except the second delay 164 has a duration of approximately ten milliseconds or less.
  • the second delay 164 can be reduced from the second delay 64 by one or more of the following factors: (1) collecting the measurement data from a set of reference receivers 30 over a shorter period of time, (2) disregarding, by the data processing center 18, measurement data from satellites, satellite signals, or reference receivers that do not pass quality checks or statistical analysis, such as standard deviations of the ambiguity resolutions for wide-lane ambiguities, narrow-lane ambiguities or refraction-corrected ambiguities at one or more reference receivers 30, and (3) enhancing the throughput capacity or data processing capacity of the data processing center 18 via higher clock speeds, parallel data processing, improved efficient software instructions within the correction data estimator 34, or the like.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock.
  • the system of FIG. 3 is similar to the system of FIG. 1A or FIG. IB, except the data storage device 24 stores or supports a correction data estimator 34 and two alternative paths for flow of the correction data 16 to the end user of the mobile receiver 12 are provided.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the correction data estimator 34 (e.g., Innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator (iCORE)) comprises a module or software instructions that can be executed by the data processor 20 for providing correction data 16 as output based on the input of carrier phase measurements and associated data from one or more reference receivers 30.
  • the associated data may comprise data such as satellite identifiers, satellite signal identifiers (e.g., frequency or band), or ephemeris data associated with the received satellite signals, reference station identifiers (e.g., or reference station coordinates), measurement time stamps associated with the measured carrier phase, among other ancillary data.
  • the associated data may comprise pre-processing data, resolved wide-lane ambiguities, resolved narrow-lane ambiguities, or resolved refraction-corrected ambiguities for any reference receiver 30 or reference station with a known or fixed location (e.g., three dimensional coordinates).
  • the correction data estimator 34 generates correction data 16 that enable ambiguity resolution on one or more mobile receivers 12 or rovers that receive the correction data 16 via a correction wireless device.
  • the correction data estimator 34 employs an innovative ambiguity resolution algorithm for the generation of the low-latency clock data and satellite biases.
  • the architecture of the correction data estimator 34 or data processing center 18 is well suited to support processing measurement data (and associated pre-processing data) of many (e.g., one hundred or more) reference receivers 30 or reference stations, including all necessary computation such as measurement pre-processing, orbit and clock determination, ambiguity resolution and the final correction data 16 generation, within a fraction of second.
  • the correction data estimator 34 comprises a measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36, an orbit solutions module, a clock solution module 44, a low latency clock module 42, and correction distribution module to provide global differential correction data 16.
  • the measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36 receives reference network data 46 from the reference data network 32 of one or more reference satellite receivers.
  • the reference network data 46 may comprise one or more of the following: raw measurements, raw carrier phase measurements from each reference satellite receiver, raw code phase measurements from each reference satellite receiver, a reference satellite receiver identifier, a reference receiver 30 position offset or position offset vector from its known position, a phase offset corresponding to the reference receiver 30 position offset, atmospheric bias data, satellite bias data, receiver bias data, receiver clock bias data, satellite clock bias data, or other data.
  • Raw measurements can refer to raw carrier phase measurements from one or more reference satellite receivers, or raw code phase measurements from one or more reference satellite receivers, or both.
  • the correction data estimator 34 can generate correction data 16 or correction signals in real-time based on the reference network data 46 or collected measurement data from the reference data network 32, where the correction data 16 are generated to provide centimeter-level accuracy estimates including: (1) satellite orbit estimate, (2) satellite clock estimate, and (3) satellite phase biases and their quality information.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 accepts reference network data 46 as input data and applies the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., Ambiguity Resolution Estimator (ARE)) to output wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane bias.
  • the pre-processing module 36 or the wide-lane estimator 37 e.g., wide-lane filter or Kalman filter
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 communicates the wide-lane ambiguity and corresponding wide-lane bias data to the orbit solution module 38 and the clock solution module 44.
  • the orbit solution module 38 receives the input of the wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane bias data and applies an orbit narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane ARE (Ambiguity Resolution Estimator)) to provide predicted satellite orbital data 50 (e.g., 02C data) output.
  • the predicted satellite orbital data 50 can be used to correct orbital errors in the slow clock and low-latency solutions, and to generate orbit correction signals for incorporation into the correction data 16 to be provided to end users.
  • the orbit solution module 38 communicates the predicted satellite orbital data to the clock solution module 44.
  • the clock solution module 44 receives the input of the predicted satellite orbital data 50, and the wide-lane ambiguities and associated wide-lane bias (48).
  • the clock solution module 44 applies the clock narrow-lane estimator 43 (e.g., narrow-lane (Ambiguity Resolution Estimator), narrow- lane filter, or Kalman filter) and outputs the predicted orbital data 50, clock satellite bias data, and satellite bias quality data (51).
  • the clock solution module 44 outputs one or more of the following: predicted orbital data, clock satellite bias data, satellite bias quality data, satellite slow clock corrections, satellite wide-lane bias corrections, and satellite narrow-lane bias corrections.
  • the low latency clock module 42 communicates with the clock solution module 44 to receive the predicted orbital data 50, clock satellite bias data, and satellite bias quality data (51), where the clock satellite bias data can comprise satellite wide-lane bias corrections, and satellite narrow-lane bias corrections. Further, in one embodiment, the low latency clock module 42 receivers satellite slow clock corrections. The low latency clock module 42 outputs low-latency correction data 16 including one or more of the following: low-latency precise satellite orbital correction data 50 for corresponding satellites, low-latency precise clock data for corresponding satellites, wide-lane satellite bias, and narrow-lane satellite bias.
  • the low-latency data is provided at a greater data transmission rate than similar higher-latency data provided by the clock solution module 44, where the low-latency data is updated on a regular basis commensurate with the greater data transmission rate to provide accurate and current correction data 16.
  • the data processing center 18 can communicate via communication links with one or more secondary data processing hubs (not shown) that are geographically distributed (e.g., on a global basis), where each secondary data processing hub is configured with hardware and software similar to the data processing center 18 with a correction data estimator 34 and where the data processing center 18 can control the secondary data processing hub or hubs.
  • each secondary data processing hub is configured with hardware and software similar to the data processing center 18 with a correction data estimator 34 and where the data processing center 18 can control the secondary data processing hub or hubs.
  • the correction manager 40 can select correction data 16 (e.g., the best correction data 16 or most reliable correction data 16) provided by the data processing center 18, alone, or in combination with one or more secondary data processing hubs for distribution to end users. Further, the correction manager 40 can select the geographic scope of the measurement data or the identity of the satellites (e.g., outlier or unreliable measurements from malfunctioning satellites can be ignored) to be used in the correction data 16 that is distributed to end users via satellite or wireless communications system 57.
  • correction data 16 e.g., the best correction data 16 or most reliable correction data 16
  • the correction manager 40 can select the geographic scope of the measurement data or the identity of the satellites (e.g., outlier or unreliable measurements from malfunctioning satellites can be ignored) to be used in the correction data 16 that is distributed to end users via satellite or wireless communications system 57.
  • the correction manager 40s is capable of monitoring the correction data 16 for error correction and distributing the data to end users or subscribers of the data correction data 16 service.
  • the correction manager 40 may distribute the correction data 16 via a satellite communications network, a wireless network (e.g. WiFi, 802.11, or cellular network), or both.
  • a broadcasting system is capable of delivering the best of the global differential corrections to user receiver from multiple correction generation servers 54, such as the data processing center 18 and one or more secondary data processing hubs.
  • the set of global differential correction can be chosen and uplinked to INMARSAT communication satellite via Land-Earth Station (LES) as illustrated in FIG. 3.
  • LES Land-Earth Station
  • the correction manager 40 is capable of communicating or distributing correction data 16 to the satellite uplink communications device or distribution of the satellite data via the satellite communications network.
  • the satellite uplink communications device provide a signal to a communications satellite 35 with a transceiver, a combination of a transmitter and receiver to communicate correction data 16 via an electromagnetic or satellite signal (e.g., L-band signal) to mobile receivers 12 or rovers equipped with a correction wireless device 14.
  • an electromagnetic or satellite signal e.g., L-band signal
  • the electromagnetic or satellite signal with the correction data 16 may be encrypted or encoded such that only subscribers or licensees can access, decode or decrypt the correction data 16, or certain precision levels of the correction data 16 (e.g.,SF3 correction data 16).
  • the correction manager 40 is capable of communicating or distributing correction data 16 to a server 54 that has access to an electronic communications network, such as the Internet 56.
  • the server 54 may comprise a computer that accesses the Internet 56 via an Internet service provider to enable the correction data 16 to be communicated in one or more data packets 55 (e.g., Internet Protocol data packets).
  • the data packets may be processed by a wireless communications network 57, such as WiFi wireless system, a local wireless network, a wide area wireless network, or a cellular communications system via a correction wireless device 14, which may comprise a smartphone, a WiFi- enabled communications transceiver, or another device for receiving the correction data 16 and providing the received correction data 16 to the mobile receiver 12 or rover.
  • the correction data 16 transmitted by the server 54, the data packets 55 or both may be encrypted or encoded such that only subscribers or licensees can access, decode or decrypt the correction data 16, or certain precision levels of the correction data 16.
  • the mobile receiver 12 of the end user is capable of receiving the correction data 16, which includes a global differential corrections.
  • the mobile receiver 12 or rover is capable of resolving ambiguity based on the received correction data 16 and achieving centimeter-level navigation.
  • FIG. 4 shows an illustrative example of the correction data estimator 34 of FIG. 3 in greater detail.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 indicate like elements, modules or features.
  • the correction data estimator 34 comprises a measurement pre-processing module 36, an orbit solution module 38, a clock solution module 44 and low-latency clock module 42.
  • the measurement pre- processing (MPP) module prepares “clean” measurements and provides wide-lane fixed ambiguities and wide-lane bias products for use by the correction data estimator 34 and its other modules.
  • the orbit solution module 38 provides accurate satellite position and velocity estimates to assist in proper geometric estimates or range estimates between a particular reference receiver 30 and a corresponding satellite.
  • the orbit solutions or precise orbital data is provided for use by the correction data estimator 34 and its other modules.
  • the clock solution module 44 provides a satellite slow clock solution estimate and narrow-lane bias products at a low rate, slow clock rate, or a slow update rate.
  • the low latency clock module 42 provides fast satellite clock estimate at a low-latency update rate (e.g., approximately 1 Hertz (Hz) or greater), fast rate, or a fast update rate, which is greater than the slow clock rate. Further, the low-latency module integrates, manages and communicates the state data and filter results for sharing among the ambiguity resolution filters to enable the MPP module, orbit solution module 38 and slow clock solution module 44 to output or generate a set of consistent correction data 16 or signals in real-time. Each one of the MPP module, the orbit solution module 38 and clock solution module 44 comprises two parts: (1) zero-difference fdter and (2) a network ambiguity resolution module or filter.
  • a low-latency update rate e.g., approximately 1 Hertz (Hz) or greater
  • the low-latency module integrates, manages and communicates the state data and filter results for sharing among the ambiguity resolution filters to enable the MPP module, orbit solution module 38 and slow clock solution module 44 to output or generate a set of consistent correction data 16 or
  • each zero-Differential (ZD) filter does one or more of the following: (a) processes ZD measurements, (b) defines or forms state variables for the ZD filter, (c) and performs or processes update and/or dynamic update of the ZD filter (e.g., based on the defined state variables and states).
  • the network ambiguity resolution estimation (ARE) module performs or conducts ambiguity resolution by one or more predictive filters, such as wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter), a narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filter), or another predictive filter (e.g., Kalman filter).
  • the network ambiguity resolution estimation module is capable of resolving wide- lane and narrow-lane ambiguities.
  • Different ZD filter and ARE modules e.g., wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filters), narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filters) or both
  • MPP module the orbit solution module 38 and clock solution module 44
  • low latency clock module 42 can only use the carrier phase measurements to derive clock change between two different epochs.
  • the double differencing approaches between time and satellites are used to reduce size of estimated states, such as ambiguity states and receiver clocks estimates.
  • the tropospheric biases are corrected using a prior model and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution.
  • the low latency clock module 42 estimates satellite clock changes, not reference receiver 30 clock changes. The computation by the data processing center 18 is extremely efficient.
  • the data processing center 18 can take a few milliseconds to finish processing all the measurements of many sites or reference receivers 30 (e.g., sixty or more reference receivers 30) for any epoch.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 further comprises a measurement pre- processing zero-difference filter 400 and a network wide-lane ambiguity resolution estimator (e.g., wide- lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter)).
  • the measurement pre-processing zero-difference filter 400 supports precise point positioning (PPP).
  • An optional measurement pre-processing zero-difference filter 400 can be used to determine undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase) for one or more of the reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
  • ZD zero-differenced
  • the zero-difference filter is illustrated in dashed lines in FIG. 4 to show that the zero-difference filter is optional and may be included within the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) in alternate embodiments.
  • the zero-differenced ambiguity state can be determined based on correction data 16 that contains satellite bias information from a network or group of reference receivers 30.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 processes, preprocesses and “cleans” the measurements, and resolves the wide-lane (WL) ambiguities associated with the received carrier phase measurements for each satellite within view of each reference receiver 30.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 provides support for both the orbit/clock solution and the low-latency clock by providing the “cleaned” carrier measurements, along with respective fixed wide-lane ambiguities, and respective satellite WL biases.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 uses the Melbourne-Wnbbena linear combination as zero-difference (ZD) measurement to estimate the following state variables: ) ZD float WL ambiguity per visible satellite and reference site (reference receiver 30) which combines receiver wide-lane bias and WL integer ambiguities. ) One wide-lane bias per satellite. ) One GLONASS IFB WL coefficient per tracked site.
  • ZD zero-difference
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 or is wide-lane estimator 37 resolves the WL ambiguity in double- difference (DD) and single difference (SD) form, where the receiver WL bias is cancelled.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 determines GLONASS IFB WL coefficient per tracked site, where sensitivity coefficient of the GLONASS IFB WL coefficient is the satellite frequency number. This state variable only exists for GLONASS case and not for other GNSS systems, like GPS.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 averages the ZD Melbourne-Wnbbena measurements for each site at an interval such as 60 seconds if there is no cycle slip detected.
  • the reference receiver 30 comprises a cycle slip detector to detect a carrier cycle slip in the carrier phase measurements for each received signal from a given satellite or minimum set of satellites (e.g., five satellite) necessary to reliably track the three dimensional position of the reference receiver 30.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 or ZD filter processes the smoothed ZD Melboume-Wbbbena measurements on a site- by-site basis.
  • the ZD Kalman filter dynamic update and measurement update is processed to update state variables.
  • GPS and GLONASS systems have two separate wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filters) associated with the measurement pre-processing module 36.
  • the reference receiver 30 bias is not a desirable global differential product because the reference receiver 30 bias is not used for user receiver navigation. Accordingly, in order to reduce fdter size and computation complexity, the reference receiver 30 WL bias is not explicitly estimated and combined into the ZD float ambiguity state instead.
  • the pre-processing module 36 or network wide-lane ambiguity fdter uses zero- differenced (ZD) Melboume-Whbbena linear combination in Equation (1) as the input measurement to estimate one wide-lane floating ambiguity state per visible satellite.
  • ZD zero- differenced
  • the wide-lane satellite bias can be broadcast in real-time within correction data 16 or correction signals to mobile receivers 12 and will compensate for that term using Equation (2).
  • the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane fdter), which can be applied to PPP determination, uses the following equations described below. Given the code and phase measurements from two frequencies, such as LI and L2 for GPS, G1 and G2 for GLONASS, the Melbourne-Wnbbena linear combination L J WL can be formed as shown below.
  • Equation (2) is wide-lane wavelength, about 86.4cm for GPS and c is speed of light, is integer wide-lane ambiguity for satellite j
  • WL 1 2 is wide-lane receiver bias (one per receiver and constellation for all visible satellites), which is a combination of LI and L2 receiver code bias and phase bias, as indicated in Equation (5): where majority of GLONASS inter-frequency bias and in code measurement is usually assumed to be linear or a trigonometric function of the GLONASS satellite frequency number; it is not the same for all the visible satellite as with the case of CDMA signals such as GPS; where is the inter-frequency bias for satellite j, such as for a GLONASS satellite; where L is wide-lane satellite j bias (one per satellite); and where is the wide-lane measurement error for satellite j including white noise,
  • Equation (6) k is the ILB coefficient for receiver code bias.
  • the ILB varies from receiver to receiver, also varies from one siting (antenna and cabling setup) to another siting. Modelled in this way, typically k is less than 0.1.
  • the wide-lane satellite j bias, (one per satellite) is a combination of LI and L2 satellite code bias and satellite phase bias as in Equation (7); the satellite bias is changing slowly overtime; both satellite and receiver wide-lane biases are not constant over time:
  • the orbit solution module 38 relates to orbit determination.
  • the other major modules including slow clock estimation module and low latency clock module 42 do not estimate satellite orbits.
  • the other modules totally rely on the predicted orbits over a corresponding valid orbit time period (e.g., few minutes) from the orbit solution.
  • the orbit solution module 38 runs at an orbital correction rate or a lower rate such as 300 seconds per iteration or update of orbit solutions since the GNSS satellite orbits are smooth.
  • the modules including the measurement pre-processing module 36, the orbit module, clock module and low latency clock module 42 can run in parallel.
  • the orbit solution uses the refraction-corrected code and carrier phase measurements from global reference station network.
  • state variables to be considered in the orbit solution module 38 and its associated filters, such as the orbit zero-difference filter 404 and the network NL filter for ambiguity resolution: 1) Satellite-dependent state variables including satellite position, velocity, satellite clock, satellite narrow- lane bias, yaw rate and empirical solar radiation force modeling parameters. 2) Receiver-dependent state variables including reference position, receiver clocks, residual troposphere bias and gradients, carrier phase ambiguities. 3) Common-state variables including Earth Orientation parameters such as polar motion and UT1-UTC.
  • STARFIRETM correction data 16 services In order to provide global differential positioning services, such as STARFIRETM correction data 16 services, the precise satellite clocks and orbits have to be estimated and delivered to end-user receivers in real-time.
  • STARFIRE correction data 16 services is a trademark of Deere & Company of Moline,
  • the correction data estimator 34 can use the predicted orbital data to correct orbital errors in slow clock solutions and low-latency solutions and to generate correction data 16 in real-time.
  • the orbit solution module 38 may comprise an orbit zero-difference filter 404 and a network narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator (ARE).
  • the orbit zero-difference filter 404 can be used to determine undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase, or narrow-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase) for one or more of the reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
  • the raw carrier phase measurements e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase, or narrow-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase
  • the network narrow-lane ambiguity estimator (in association with the orbit solution module 38) can estimate narrow-lane ambiguities (e.g., fixed integer NL ambiguities) or refraction-corrected narrow-lane ambiguities for one or more reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
  • the resolved WL ambiguities can be used as constraints in a search process or to assist the NL ambiguity estimator (e.g., NL filter) to converge rapidly upon an integer ambiguity solution for carrier phase measurements.
  • the clock solution module 44 may comprise a clock zero-difference filter 408 and a network narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator (ARE).
  • the clock zero-difference filter can be used to determine undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide- lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase, or narrow-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase) for one or more of the reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
  • the ZD ambiguity float states and other filter states can be shared to the extent that the shared filter states are timely, clock ZD filter may operate at a different update rate for the states than the other ZD filters in the correction data estimator 34.
  • the network narrow-lane ambiguity estimator (in association with the clock solution module 44) can estimate narrow-lane ambiguities (e.g., refraction corrected, fixed integer NL ambiguities) for one or more reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
  • the measurements e.g., carrier phase measurements
  • All or most of the measurements are collected, pre-processed and are batched when they arrives at the data processing center 18.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 typically estimates thousands of states for determination of clock solutions. For example, the data processing center 18 can take up to several seconds to finish the computation process for the slow clock solutions.
  • the correction data estimator 34 uses two clock solutions including slow clock and low-latency clock solution.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 all the measurements are batched as long as they arrived before a fixed latency, such as 6-15 seconds.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 measurements and the clock zero-difference (ZD) fdter use similar measurements as the orbit solution module 38, except for several major differences.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 runs or provides updates to the slow clock solution at a different rate such as every 30 or 60 seconds.
  • the orbit solution module 38 runs or provides updates to the orbital data or orbit solution every 300 seconds because clock corrections vary more quickly than orbit corrections.
  • the state variables remain the same or similar to the counterpart sate variables in the orbit solution module 38, except the satellite-orbit-related states.
  • the satellite- orbit-related states are not estimated, but use the orbit estimation results from orbit solution of the orbit solution module 38.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 can output a complete set of global difference corrections or correction data 16 including one or more of the following corrections: satellite orbit corrections, satellite clock corrections, satellite WL biases, satellite NL biases and quality information.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 can communicate correction data 16 and estimated tropospheric parameters to the low latency clock module 42.
  • "biases" that are not qualified as satellite or receiver biases will refer to satellite bias, such as satellite WL and NL biases.
  • Reference receiver 30 bias is not of interest to global differential correction product and thus not solved for in the reference receivers 30, whereas mobile receiver 12 bias can be addressed in the mobile receiver 12.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 uses un-differenced refraction-corrected code and carrier phase observations to estimate satellite and receiver clocks, troposphere biases, satellite narrow-lane bias.
  • the orbit update rate is very low (e.g., 5 minute update rate) for orbit data and a slow clock update rate (e.g., 30 seconds) for slow clock, or even longer. Because a large number of ambiguities have to be estimated together with both receiver and satellites clock parameters, the computation by the data processing center 18 is time-consuming especially with ambiguity resolution and satellite bias estimation.
  • the data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 may wait for longer time to ensure enough measurements from the reference data network 32 (e.g., global network) are collected and processed when they arrive at StarFire data processing center 18s.
  • the longer time the data processing center 18 waits the more measurements are collected by the data processing center 18, which also results in longer delay for clock corrections to reach mobile receiver 12s of the end users in real-time on a timely basis.
  • the data processing center 18 and the correction data estimator 34 keep the data corrections sufficiently timely in real-time for use by the rover receivers, such that the satellite clocks along with satellite biases preserve the integer nature of ambiguity resolution for rover receiver.
  • the ambiguity fixing can reduce the convergence time and improve the accuracy of navigation by the mobile receivers 12 or rovers.
  • the low latency clock module 42 further comprises a delta clock filter 412.
  • the modules are shown as separate blocks in the block diagram of FIG. 4, it is understood that the correction data estimator 34 illustrated in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 may be implemented by one or more predictive fdters, such as Kalman fdters and that the blocks represent one possible interpretation of a illustrative software that can be used to facilitate or carry out the method and system described in this disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram that illustrates the parallel operation of slow clock process 500 (e.g., moderate latency clock process) and the fast clock process 502 (e.g., low-latency clock process).
  • the two parallel axes in FIG. 5 show increasing time to the right to the same time scale.
  • the clock solution module 44 supports or executes the slow clock process 500 (e.g., at slow clock update interval or moderate update interval), whereas the low latency clock module 42 supports or executes the fast clock process 502 or low-latency clock process (e.g., at a fast clock update interval or low-latency update interval).
  • the clock solution module 44 provides slow clock data (504, 506), such as satellite slow clock correction data, satellite wide-lane bias correction data, satellite narrow-lane bias correction data to the low latency clock module 42 at regular time intervals (e.g., at TO, T30 and T60), such as at a slow clock update interval (e.g., as illustrated approximately 30 time units, such as about 30 seconds).
  • the orbit solution module 38 may provide satellite orbital correction data 50 separately at an orbit correction rate, whereas in an alternate embodiment, the clock solution module 44 provides the satellite orbital correction data 50 along with the satellite slow clock correction data 16.
  • the clock solution module 44 provides slow clock data at regular time intervals, such as at times TO, T30, and T60, as illustrated in FIG. 4.
  • the low latency clock module 42 leverages or uses the slow clock data (504, 506) as a base or input data to compute a delta clock adjustment (508, 510) to the slow clock correction data 16 at a low-latency update interval or fast clock update interval.
  • the low latency clock module 42 outputs correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment (508, 510) at a low-latency update interval that is updated at a greater rate or shorter update time interval than the slow clock update interval.
  • the low latency clock module 42 produces low-latency correction data 16 at a low-latency rate (or fast clock rate) that can be an integer multiple of the slow clock update rate.
  • the low latency clock module 42 or the estimator may assign a validity period to the correction data 16 (e.g., low-latency clock data) or delta clock adjustment that is commensurate with (e.g., approximately equal to) the slow clock update interval.
  • the correction data 16 e.g., low-latency clock data
  • delta clock adjustment that is commensurate with (e.g., approximately equal to) the slow clock update interval.
  • the low latency clock module 42 or the delta clock filter 412 uses (e.g., only uses) the carrier phase measurements to compute the clock change (delta clock) as in FIG 5.
  • the slowly changing parameters such as troposphere and satellite narrow-lane bias are fixed to, synchronized to, or provided by the estimates from the slow clock solution module 44.
  • the slow clock module provides updates periodically from the slow clock module to the low-latency module (e.g., from slow clock process to low- latency clock process) at a slow clock update rate, such as once every 30 seconds.
  • the low latency clock module 42 uses the delta carrier phase between TO and current epoch Ti to estimate the delta clock data.
  • the slow clock module provides new reference epoch such as T30 epoch
  • the low latency clock module 42 will change reference epoch from TO to T30.
  • FIG. 6 is of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock. The method of FIG. 6 begins in block 600.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or the orbit solution module 38 determines the predicted orbital data for a respective measurement time (e.g., epoch Ti), or an update to the predicted orbital data, based upon reference network data 46 (e.g., batch data or raw measurement data for time or epoch Ti) received from one or more reference receivers 30 and previous predicted orbital data (e.g., for time T)) from the orbit solution module 38 or stored in a data storage device 24 (e.g., register, electronic memory, or non-volatile random access memory).
  • Measurement time or epoch e.g., Ti
  • the orbit solution module 38 can provide the predicted orbital data (e.g., predicted orbital data for measurement time or epoch Ti) or the update to the predicted orbital data, based on wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane ambiguity bias data, where the wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane ambiguity bias data are provided by the measurement pre-processing module 36.
  • the predicted orbital data e.g., predicted orbital data for measurement time or epoch Ti
  • the update to the predicted orbital data based on wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane ambiguity bias data, where the wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane ambiguity bias data are provided by the measurement pre-processing module 36.
  • the correction data estimator 34 or the orbit solution module 38 estimates the predicted orbital data (e.g., 02C data) over a few minutes at an orbit update rate, such as once every 300 seconds, from the time that orbit solution are fixed in low latency clock module 42.
  • an orbit update rate such as once every 300 seconds
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or clock solution module 44 determines the clock input data, or an update of clock input at measurement time or epoch TO based on the predicted orbital data (e.g., at measurement time or epoch Ti or epoch TO) and based upon reference network data 46 (e.g., batch data or raw measurement data for time or epoch TO) received from one or more reference receivers 30, slow the clock solution data, wide-lane bias and narrow-lane bias data.
  • reference network data 46 e.g., batch data or raw measurement data for time or epoch TO
  • measurement time or epoch Ti follows measurement time or epoch TO.
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or clock solution module 44 determines the clock input data, or an update of the clock input that is updated at slow clock rate or at a slow clock interval. Accordingly, a transition from measurement time TO to measurement time Ti does not necessarily trigger an update of the clock input data, unless Ti is coincident with the next update interval of the slow clock process.
  • the pre-processed measurements from measurement pre-processing module 36 are batched and sent to low latency clock module 42 for block 604 after a few seconds waiting window, such as 1-2 seconds. Meanwhile, the pre-processed measurements are sent to orbit/clock solutions module after longer period, such as 6-15 seconds.
  • the method continues in block 604.
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34, or low-latency module selects a reference satellite for each site of the reference network, or a pair of reference satellites for each reference receiver 30 of the reference network.
  • the correction data estimator 34 or the low-latency module selects the highest elevation satellite without cycle slips as a reference satellite for each reference site. Any difference in elevation between the reference receiver 30 and the mobile receiver 12 should be taken into account for tropospheric bias compensation.
  • the tropospheric biases are corrected using a prior model and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution.
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34, or the low-latency module determines a double difference between the carrier phase measurements or narrow -lane carrier phase measurements at measurement times or epochs Ti and TO and the pair of satellites.
  • the double difference is determined for carrier phase measurements at each reference receiver 30 at measurement times or epochs Ti and TO and the pair of satellites.
  • the double difference (DD) narrow- lane ambiguities are resolved to determine precise refraction-corrected carrier phase measurements for which certain biases are canceled out.
  • one or more of the following biases can cancel out: receiver code phase bias (e.g., receiver code phase bias and satellite code phase bias), carrier phase bias (e.g., receiver phase bias and satellite phase bias) and clock bias (e.g., receiver clock bias and satellite clock bias), that are common between satellites and receivers and can be cancelled out by the double differencing operation between satellites and receivers.
  • receiver code phase bias e.g., receiver code phase bias and satellite code phase bias
  • carrier phase bias e.g., receiver phase bias and satellite phase bias
  • clock bias e.g., receiver clock bias and satellite clock bias
  • the low latency clock module 42 reduces the correction latency to improve clock accuracy with absolute clocks from slow clock solution.
  • the double differencing measurements between time and satellites are used so that some unnecessary states such as ambiguity and receiver clocks are removed.
  • the low -latency module or the delta clock filter 412 only estimates changes in states for satellite clock for processing efficiency and enhanced rapid availability/reduced latency of the correction data 16 for the mobile receivers 12.
  • the clock solution module 44 determines predicted orbital data, satellite bias data and satellite bias quality data (e.g., variance-co-variance data) based on the resolved double-differenced refraction corrected, narrow-lane ambiguities.
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or low latency clock module 42 receives the predicted orbital data, satellite bias data and satellite bias quality data (e.g., variance-co- variance data) based on the resolved double-differenced refraction corrected, narrow-lane ambiguities and provides a delta clock filter 412 update.
  • the low latency clock module 42 Prior to the next update of the clock solution module 44 at the slow update rate in block 602, the low latency clock module 42 only estimates delta satellite clocks so that the computation can be updated at a low-latency rate that is greater than the orbit update rate of the orbit solution module 38 and the slow update rate of the clock solution module 44.
  • the method continues with block 604 after each iteration of blocks 604, 606 and 608 for each site or reference receiver 30, until all the calculations of blocks 604, 606 and 608 have been made for all sites or reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32. Further, each iteration of blocks 604, 606 and 608 is consistent with providing low-latency correction data 16 at a low-latency intervals or a low-latency data rate.
  • the data processor 20, the correction manager 40 or the low-latency clock applies a RAIM (receiver autonomous integrity monitoring) algorithm to the delta clock filter 412.
  • the RAIM algorithm comprises software that uses an over-determined solution or redundant calculations to check the consistency of satellite measurements, such as carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements of one or more satellites for each reference receiver 30 in the network.
  • the RAIM algorithm requires at least five satellites in reception range to detect a material carrier phase error measurement or material error in the clock correction for any satellite in the constellation.
  • the correction manager 40 or data processor 20 may delete, suspend or flag (as suspect or unreliable) low-latency clock correction data 16 for one or more satellites that that is determined to be erroneous or unreliable such that the mobile receiver 12 or rover may ignore or provide less weight to low-latency clock correction data 16 that has been flagged as suspect or unreliable.
  • the received satellite signals, low latency clock module 42 or the delta clock filter 412 uses the a priori satellite clock rates from broadcast ephemeris to estimate delta satellite clocks as an error checking mechanism, such as supporting the RAIM algorithm.
  • an additional predictive filter e.g., Kalman filter or least squares estimator
  • the estimated delta satellite clocks derived from the broadcast ephemeris can be compares to the estimated delta satellite clods associated with the predictive filter or lease squares estimator.
  • the number of estimated state variables or unknowns is equal to the number of active satellites.
  • the RAIM algorithm is used to ensure to detect and remove any measurement with cycle slips.
  • the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34, or low latency clock module 42 accumulates delta clock data and computes the clock data that corresponds to measurement time or epoch Ti for incorporation into the correction data 16 or low-latency correction data 16.
  • the low- latency correction data 16 incorporates precise orbital correction data 50, precise low-latency clock data, precise low-latency clock quality data, and wide-lane satellite bias data and narrow-lane satellite bias data on a satellite -by-satellite basis that can be applied to the particular satellites in view of or within reliable reception range of the mobile receiver 12.
  • the correction data 16 can be globally valid in the GNSS system for each corresponding measurement time or epoch and for each satellite to which it pertains.
  • FIG. 7 discloses a flow chart of another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock.
  • the method of FIG. 7 begins in step S800.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • a plurality of reference receivers 30 or measurement module of the reference receivers 30 are located at known corresponding locations (e.g., sites distributed geographically, such as globally throughout the world, to receive satellite signals from one or more GNSS systems) and the reference receivers 30 measure raw phase measurements, code phase measurements or both for corresponding locations.
  • the measurement module makes the raw phase measurements at measurement times that are referred to as epochs.
  • the reference receiver 30 may collect raw phase measurements and code phase measurements (e.g., pseudo-range measurements) at one or more measurement times or epochs that are referenced to Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) system time.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the code phase measurements are measurements of the code (e.g., pseudo-random noise code) that is encoded on one more received satellite signals or the carriers of the receive satellite signals.
  • the reference receiver 30 transmits or communicates the collected raw phase measurements to the data processing center 18 for estimation of correction data 16, such as precise point positioning (PPP) correction data 16.
  • correction data such as precise point positioning (PPP) correction data 16.
  • a data processing center 18 collects raw phase measurements, code phase measurements, or both and corresponding reference receiver 30 identifiers or site identifiers from a plurality of reference receivers 30.
  • the data processing center 18 can use the raw phase measurements and code phase measurements for estimation of correction data 16.
  • the reference receivers 30 may provide pre-processed data or other reference network data 46 including any of the following: wide-lane ambiguities, narrow-lane ambiguities, ambiguities, estimated position error of the reference station from its known location derived from the received satellite signals, tropospheric bias, satellite clock bias, satellite transmitter 10 bias, ephemeris data, and navigation data.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 or the correction data estimator 34 determines a wide-lane ambiguity and a satellite wide-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite. For example, the measurement pre-processing module 36 or the correction data estimator 34 determines a fixed integer wide-lane ambiguity and a satellite wide-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite to assist in (e.g., provide constraints for rapid or efficient convergence) estimation of narrow-lane ambiguities within one or more modules of the correction data estimator 34.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 comprises a predictive filter (e.g., wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) or Kalman filter) for estimating the wide-lane ambiguities for the received satellite signals for each reference receiver 30 or its site based on the collected raw phase measurements and code phase measurements, alone or in conjunction with the ancillary data to use as constraints.
  • a predictive filter e.g., wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) or Kalman filter
  • narrow-lane estimator 39 e.g., narrow-lane filter
  • Kalman filters e.g., Kalman filters
  • step S806 the orbit solution module 38, the narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator, or the correction data estimator 34 determines (or applies a previously determined) an orbital narrow-lane ambiguity and an orbital satellite narrow-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite in an orbit solution based on the collected raw phase and code measurements, consistent with the determined wide-lane ambiguity and the respective satellite wide-lane bias.
  • a fixed narrow-lane ambiguity may not require updating, but the set of carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements are updated for the orbit solution at the orbital correction rate (e.g., about once every 300 seconds) that can differ from the slow update rate (e.g., about once every 30 seconds to 60 seconds) of the set of carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements for the slow clock solution.
  • the orbital narrow-lane ambiguity can be updated with input states at an orbital correction rate that can differ from a slow update rate of the slow clock solution, or the clock narrow-lane ambiguity.
  • step S808 the orbit solution module 38 or the correction data estimator 34 determines satellite orbit correction (e.g., at orbital correction rate), based on collected raw phase measurements and code measurements, consistent with the determined orbital narrow-lane ambiguities and respective orbital satellite narrow-lane bias.
  • the clock solution module 44, the narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator, or the correction data estimator 34 determines (or applies a previously determined) a clock narrow-lane ambiguity and a respective clock satellite narrow-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite in a slow clock solution based on the collected raw phase and code measurements, consistent with the determined wide-lane ambiguity and the respective satellite wide-lane bias.
  • a fixed narrow- lane ambiguity may not require updating, but the set of carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements are updated for the slow clock solution at the slow update rate (e.g., about once every 30 second to 60 seconds).
  • the clock narrow-lane ambiguity can be updated with input states at a slow update rate that can differ from an orbital correction rate of the orbit solution.
  • the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 determine a slow satellite clock correction (e.g., and tropospheric delay bias and gradients) per reference receiver 30 based on the collected raw phase and code measurements (e.g., previously collected raw phase and code measurements updated at a slow update rate) and derived data from the raw phase and code measurements, where the derived data comprises one or more of the following: the determined satellite orbital correction data 50, determined wide-lane integer ambiguity and respective satellite wide-lane bias, and determined clock narrow-lane integer ambiguity and respective satellite narrow-lane bias data.
  • a slow satellite clock correction e.g., and tropospheric delay bias and gradients
  • the low latency clock module 42 or the correction data estimator 34 determines lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment to the slow satellite clock based on freshly or recently updated measurements (e.g., updated at a fast update rate or a low-latency update rate greater than the slow update rate) of the collected raw phase measurements that are more current than a plurality of previous measurements of the collected raw phase measurements used for the slow satellite clock correction to provide lower-latency clock correction data 16.
  • the low latency clock module 42 or the clock solution module 44 can apply the delta clock adjustment to the slow clock solution.
  • Step S814 may be executed in accordance with various techniques, which may be applied separately or cumulatively.
  • the clock solution module 44, the low latency clock module 42, or the correction data estimator 34 estimates relative clock error at a first rate (e.g., relatively high rate (e.g., approximately 1 Hz or greater)) using double-difference techniques (e.g., between time, Ti and TO and between reference satellites for each reference site of local reference station) for the lower-latency correction data (e.g., highest elevation satellite without cycle slips is selected as the reference satellites for each site).
  • a first rate e.g., relatively high rate (e.g., approximately 1 Hz or greater)
  • double-difference techniques e.g., between time, Ti and TO and between reference satellites for each reference site of local reference station
  • the lower-latency correction data e.g., highest elevation satellite without cycle slips is selected as the reference satellites for each site.
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 (e.g., moderate -latency correction data 16) comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 integrates the fast clock solution and the slow clock solution over an integration period (e.g., approximately 30 seconds) to provide an absolute satellite clock estimate (e.g. GPS reference system time).
  • an integration period e.g., approximately 30 seconds
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 provides the slow clock solution with a long latency comprising the longer GNSS raw data collection time (e.g., approximately 6 to approximately 10 seconds) for more GNSS raw data and a few seconds of data processing time for a complicated slow clock solution.
  • a long latency comprising the longer GNSS raw data collection time (e.g., approximately 6 to approximately 10 seconds) for more GNSS raw data and a few seconds of data processing time for a complicated slow clock solution.
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution;
  • the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 provides the lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solution) with a low-latency including the shorter GNSS raw data collection time (e.g., approximately 1 to approximately 2 seconds) and a data processing time (e.g., of a few milliseconds) for extremely efficient estimation of lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solution).
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses a troposphere estimation from a slow clock solution in fast clock solution (e.g., tropospheric bias is estimated based on a priori model and residual tropospheric bias estimation from the slow clock solution).
  • a troposphere estimation from a slow clock solution in fast clock solution e.g., tropospheric bias is estimated based on a priori model and residual tropospheric bias estimation from the slow clock solution.
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses orbital correction data 50 (e.g., common orbital correction data 50) from an orbit solution in both slow clock solution and lower latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solutions).
  • orbital correction data 50 e.g., common orbital correction data 50
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses a delta-clock from a lower latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solution) to update the slow clock solution.
  • a lower latency satellite clock correction data 16 e.g., fast clock solution
  • the correction data estimator 34 updates the slow clock solution with an update interval or slow update rate, such as approximately 30 seconds to approximately 60 seconds (e.g., to predict a satellite clock dynamic the in slow clock solution or the accumulated delta-clock or change from a fast clock solution.) Simultaneously with any delta- clock adjustments to the slow clock solution, the slow clock solution, the fast clock solution, or both are updated by the orbit solution or orbital correction data 50 at an orbit correction rate, such as approximately once every 300 seconds to predict a satellite clock dynamic associated with the orbit solution.
  • an update interval or slow update rate such as approximately 30 seconds to approximately 60 seconds (e.g., to predict a satellite clock dynamic the in slow clock solution or the accumulated delta-clock or change from a fast clock solution.)
  • Simultaneously with any delta- clock adjustments to the slow clock solution, the slow clock solution, the fast clock solution, or both are updated by the orbit solution or orbital correction data 50 at an orbit correction rate, such as approximately once every 300 seconds to predict a satellite clock dynamic associated with the orbit solution
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses the lower-latency correction comprises a change in a satellite clock correction based primarily on the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., GNSS carrier phase data only).
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 estimates the moderate-latency data to include absolute satellite clocks, tropospheric bias, satellite narrow-lane bias and narrow-lane ambiguity solution.
  • the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the moderate-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 estimates correction data 16 that comprises the satellite orbital correction data 50, the lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16, the satellite wide-lane bias data, the satellite narrow-lane bias data, and satellite quality indicators of the lower-latency clock and narrow-lane bias.
  • the correction data 16 can represent integrated and absolute satellite clock data available within a lower- latency satellite correction signal.
  • the correction manager 40 or the correction data estimator 34 incorporates the satellite orbital correction data 50 and the low-latency clock correction data 16 into the correction data 16, encoded on the global satellite differential correction signal, with global validity for the GNSS transmission to one or more mobile receivers 12.
  • the correction data estimator 34 or data processor incorporates the satellite wide-lane bias, the satellite orbital correction data, the satellite narrow-lane bias from the slow clock solution and the low latency clock correction data into the correction data, encoded on the global satellite differential correction signal, with global validity for the GNSS transmission to one or more mobile receivers.
  • step S818, the correction manager 40, the wireless communications system 57, or the correction data estimator 34 transmits the lower-latency satellite correction data 16 (e.g., satellite orbit, clock, satellite wide-lane and narrow-lane bias and quality signals for each satellite) via a correction data 16 message (e.g., via satellite U band signal or cellular network communicating to Internet 56 feed/correction data 16) to one or more mobile receivers 12.
  • satellite correction data 16 e.g., satellite orbit, clock, satellite wide-lane and narrow-lane bias and quality signals for each satellite
  • a correction data 16 message e.g., via satellite U band signal or cellular network communicating to Internet 56 feed/correction data 16
  • latency is based on time difference between an earlier epoch associated with a collection (and observation at reference stations) of measurements for processing and application of processed measurements at a later epoch in mobile rover receiver.
  • FIG. 8 A provides an illustrative chart of typical time lag or delay in providing slow clock solutions versus GNSS time.
  • the vertical axis 700 provides slow clock delay time or an indicator of slow clock update interval.
  • the horizontal axis 702 provides GNSS time such as a GPS time of the corresponding satellite.
  • the illustrative chart is provided for one or more reference stations (e.g., approximately 60 reference receivers 30) and cluster of at least five satellites that are within view or reliable range.
  • the slow clock solution takes approximately 2 to 3 seconds to finish the measurement processing for one epoch.
  • the satellite clock changes (e.g., delta clock data) are integrated with absolute clocks from slow clock solution to derive precise absolute clocks for any epochs.
  • these orbit, clock corrections and satellite wide-lane (WL), narrow-lane (NL) bias products with quality information are sent to user through a satellite channel (e.g., L-band channel) or wireless communications network (e.g., via Internet 56) in real-time.
  • a satellite channel e.g., L-band channel
  • wireless communications network e.g., via Internet 56
  • FIG. 8B provides an illustrative chart of time lag or delay in providing low-latency clock solutions versus GNSS time.
  • the vertical axis 704 provides low-latency clock delay time or an indicator of fast clock update interval or low-latency update interval.
  • the horizontal axis 706 provides GNSS time such as a GPS time of the corresponding satellite.
  • the illustrative chart is provided for one or more reference stations and cluster of at least five satellites that are within view or reliable range. If the data processing center 18 comprises a desktop computer or server 54, the data processing center 18 could take a few milliseconds to finish processing all the measurements for the low-latency solution in FIG. 8B, which is more than 300 times faster than the slow clock solution of FIG. 8A. The computation for low-latency is extremely efficient.
  • FIG. 8B shows the typical correction age for correction data 16 is approximately 4 seconds from real-time receiver, which includes the time for the network data to arrive at the data processing center 18 (e.g., computer or server 54), the network processing time by the data processing center 18; and the correction transmission time to deliver the correction data 16 or correction data 16 message from the data processing center 18 to the mobile receiver 12 of the end user.
  • the results or delays for correction data 16 shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B are merely shown for illustrative purposes and real world delays may differ from those shown based on many possible factors, even when employing the methods, systems or information set forth in this disclosure.
  • a system 911 for providing a satellite correction signal comprises a satellite receiver for receiving a series of raw satellite signal measurements.
  • the system 911 of FIG. 9 is similar to the system 11 of FIG. 1A, where like reference numbers indicate like elements.
  • the data processing center 118 is similar to the data processing center 18 of FIG. 1 A, except the data processing center 118 ofFIG. 9 comprises a data collector 19, a data source selector 15, and off-line data 23 or stored data.
  • the data collector 19, data source selector 15 and data storage device 24 may be coupled to the data bus 22 for communication with each other, the electronic data processor 20, and one or more data ports 26.
  • virtual data communication paths are possible between the data collector 19, data source selector 15, data ports 26 and data storage device 24, for example.
  • Virtual data communication paths may represent logical communication paths via software, links, or calls, for example.
  • Physical data communication paths may comprise transmission lines, cables, data bus, strip-line, microstrip, circuit board traces or other physical communication paths to communicate signals or data between modules or components of the data processing center 118.
  • the data collector 19 may communicate with the reference data network 32 or one or more reference receivers 30 via a data port 26.
  • the data collector 19 may store or facilitate storage of recorded off-line data, historical measurement data and associated ephemeris data in the data storage device 24 for subsequent reference during a start-up mode or warm-start mode to reduce the start- up time to convergence.
  • the recorded off-line data 23 may comprise one or more of the following: historical measurement data from one or more reference receivers 30, raw measurement data from one or more reference receivers 30, and associated ephemeris data from the same measurement epoch or sampling time interval as the measurement data.
  • the data storage device 24 stores the recorded off-line data 23 or received raw satellite signal measurements for a series of time windows prior to a current time (e.g., current GNSS measurement time).
  • the time window may be selected in accordance with various techniques that may be used cumulatively or alternately. Under a first technique, the series of time windows is based on the available data and targeted time for convergence for the warm start. Under a second technique, the series of time windows is cumulatively at least 24 hours in duration. Under a third technique, the series of time windows has cumulative or complete a range from approximately 24 hours to approximately 48 hours in duration.
  • Each one of the satellite signal measurements (e.g., carrier phase signal measurements associated with each received satellite signal at the respective reference receivers 30) is associated with a respective stored measurement time tag.
  • an estimator 34 is adapted to estimate a satellite correction data or a satellite correction signal based on satellite orbit data, satellite clock data, and satellite bias correction data derived from stored received raw satellite signal measurements or the recorded off-line data 23.
  • the correction data or satellite correction signal is valid on a global basis for precise point positioning, whereas in other configurations, the satellite correction signal may be valid for a defined geographic area that is less than worldwide.
  • the data source selector 15 can communicate with the one or more reference receivers 30 via the data ports 26. Further, the data source selector 15 can communicate with the data storage device 24 via the data bus 22, or via another virtual data path or physical data path.
  • a data source selector 15 can seamlessly switch or change a measurement data source from the stored received raw satellite signal measurements (e.g., recorded off-line data 23) to live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements approaches or reaches the current time, where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is less than a threshold time range.
  • the correction data estimator or estimator 34 is stored in a data storage device 24.
  • the estimator 34 may comprise software instructions for interpretation or processing by the electronic data processor 20 to estimate correction data, such as satellite orbit data, satellite clock data, satellite bias data, or other bias data.
  • the estimator 34 is adapted to determine when the satellite orbit data, the satellite clock data, and the satellite bias data (e.g., wide- narrow lane bias data) have converged to reliable satellite correction data with ambiguity resolution.
  • the satellite uplink station 28 or satellite uplink transmitter may transmit the reliable correction data with ambiguity resolution to end users via a communications satellite 35 and a wireless correction device 14, such as a satellite downlink receiver over a satellite communications channel.
  • the wireless communications system such as a cellular system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, or a time division multiple access system (TDMA) may transmit the reliable correction data with ambiguity resolution to end users via the wireless communications system over a communications channel.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access system
  • a server may distribute or make available the correction data over the Internet to authorized subscribers via a virtual private network, encrypted communications channel, or another communications channel.
  • the data processing center 118 updates or refreshes the correction data at a rate of at least 1 Hertz or greater.
  • the data processing system 218 comprises a clock solution module 44 for providing a slow clock estimate and a low latency clock module 42 for providing a low latency clock estimate, where the data processing system integrates two parallel clock estimation processes including the slow clock estimate and low latency clock estimate.
  • the data processing system can operate in a start-up mode or warm-start mode or a normal mode.
  • the data storage device 24 or data processor 20 feeds approximately six hours of stored data measurements into the slow clock module 44 (e.g., slow clock estimation module) to reach steady state clock estimation.
  • the estimator 34 is adapted to estimate a differential correction signal with satellite orbit data, satellite clock bias data, and satellite bias data based on real-time live received raw measurements.
  • the data collector 19 may facilitate storage of approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours of historical measurement data and ephemeris data.
  • the estimator 34 or data processor 20 inputs a first portion (e.g., approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours) of the stored historical measurement data and associated stored ephemeris data (individually or collectively, recorded off-line data 23) into the MPP module 36 and orbit solution module 38.
  • the estimator 34 or data processor 20 inputs a second portion (e.g., approximately the last two hours) of the stored historical measurement data and associated stored ephemeris data (individually or collectively, recorded off-line data 23) into the low latency clock module 42, where the second portion is less data than the first portion, or where the second portion is collected over a lesser time period than a greater time period of the first portion.
  • the estimator 34 or data processor 20 inputs only real-time measurement data and associated ephemeris data to the low latency clock module 42.
  • the estimator 34 will seamlessly switch the input source of the measurements from recorded off-line data 23 to real-time data collected from one or more reference receivers 30 or the global GNSS reference data network 32.
  • the estimator 34 such as an innovative clock orbit real-time estimator 34 (iCORE), estimates Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) orbit data and clock data, where the estimator 34 typically takes up to 24 hours to 48 hours of measurements to reach pull-in or steady and reliable states of position estimates of the reference receivers 30 and associated correction data (e.g., differential correction data or precise point positioning data).
  • iCORE an innovative clock orbit real-time estimator 34
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the estimator 34 typically takes up to 24 hours to 48 hours of measurements to reach pull-in or steady and reliable states of position estimates of the reference receivers 30 and associated correction data (e.g., differential correction data or precise point positioning data).
  • data collector 19 e.g., data collector 19 server
  • the data selector switches the measurement input source from offline data or historical measurement data in the data storage device 24 to real-time data collected from the global GNSS reference station network receivers.
  • the estimator 34 or its quality module determines convergence of orbit and clock solutions
  • the estimator 34 or data processing center can provide or communicate a consistent set of correction signals (e.g., StarFire TM correction signals) including satellite orbit, clock, wide-narrow satellite bias and quality information in a timely manner through wireless communications, such as L-band satellite channels, cellular channels, code divisions multiple access (CDMA) communication channels, time division multiple access (TDMA) channels, internet in real-time.
  • the warm start can significantly reduce correction signals start-up time from approximately 24-48 hours to approximately 1.5-3 hours to support improved operation efficiency and productivity.
  • StarFire is a real-time global navigation satellite augmentation system (GNSS) achieving centimeter-level accuracy positioning, by using the real-time global differential corrections.
  • GNSS global navigation satellite augmentation system
  • IP internet protocol
  • L-Band geostationary communication satellite In comparison to local reference station correction, global differential correction eliminates the need for local reference stations and radio communication.
  • the correction system with warm start of the correction estimator 34 is well suited for minimizing or reducing downtime from software updates and maintenance.
  • the performance of the correction system may be based on an evaluation of start-up time.
  • the start-up time can be defined as the required time period from starting computation correction estimation and server software to readiness to broadcast or transmit wirelessly the correction signals in real-time to satellite mobile receivers 12 (of end users or subscribers) equipped with wireless correction device 14 (e.g., satellite receiver or cellular transceiver).
  • the start-up time is mainly influenced by long GNSS orbit and clock convergence times, especially GNSS orbit estimation.
  • the steady and reliable GNSS orbit and clock estimation requires more GNSS measurements than are necessary to achieve a fast start up time. For example, in practice a cumulative data window of at least 24 hours of historical measurement data is required for reliable steady state performance. Yet, the more GNSS measurement that are used, the estimator 34 will take longer to process the measurements to arrive at reliable clock data and orbit data estimates.
  • the architecture of the correction system 1011 is structured as follows: GNSS reference receivers 30 are globally distributed with good satellite geometry and visibility.
  • the reference receivers 20 are associated with satellite uplink stations 28 or other communications systems for transmitting measurements and ephemeris data (individually and collectively off-line data 23) to the data collector 19 or data processing center 118 in real time.
  • the data collector 19 can store the measurement data and ephemeris data (individually and collectively off-line data 23) in the data storage device 24.
  • the data storage device 24 may comprise a magnetic disc, an optical disk, electronic memory, nonvolatile random access memory, or any other data storage device 24.
  • the collected data is stored in the data storage device 24 for access during the warm start mode for offline processing or re-processing.
  • the data collector 19, alone or together with the data source selector 15, can both record data in the data storage device 24 and send the real-time data to the estimator 34 of the data processing center 118 in real-time.
  • the data processing center (118 or 218) or centers collect, store and pre- process GNSS measurements from reference receivers 30 when the GNSS measurements arrive at the data processing centers (118 or 218).
  • Multi-GNSS position solution estimates require ambiguity resolution for different GNSS satellite systems, such as Global Positioning System, GPS (U.S.); GALILEO (Europe), Quazi-Zenith Satellite System, QZSS (Japan); BeiDou Navigation Satellite System, BDS (China); Global Navigation Satellite System, GLONASS (USD), and others.
  • GPS U.S.
  • GALILEO European
  • Quazi-Zenith Satellite System Quazi-Zenith Satellite System
  • QZSS Japan
  • BeiDou Navigation Satellite System BDS
  • GLONASS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • the estimator 34 is configured to reduce processing time of the estimator 34 to minimize latency in the correction data provided to mobile receivers 12 to allow the processor 20 to operate at 1 Hz with at least 24 hours data for startup.
  • the estimator 34 minimizes the processing time to generate corrections signals that enable ambiguity resolution on the user receiver.
  • the estimator 34 uses an innovative ambiguity resolution algorithm for the generation of the clocks and satellite biases.
  • the estimator 34 facilitates processing data of up to a hundred of reference receivers 30 from one or more of the following data sources: (a) live or real-time GNSS measurements (e.g., live measurement data streams) from active GNSS reference receivers 30, (b) stored, historical, or off-line recorded GNSS measurements (e.g., recorded measurement data streams) from GNSS reference receivers 30 (e.g., during the last or previous 24 hours to 48 hours), (c) any mix or combination of real-time GNSS measurements and recorded GNSS measurements.
  • live or real-time GNSS measurements e.g., live measurement data streams
  • stored, historical, or off-line recorded GNSS measurements e.g., recorded measurement data streams
  • a data source selector 15 is adapted to use a mix or combination of measurement data sources comprising the stored received raw satellite signal measurements and live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements, if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements has not yet approached or reached the current time (e.g., current GNSS measurement time), where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is greater than a threshold time range.
  • the estimator 34 can provide all necessary computations, such as measurement pre- processing, orbit and clock determination, ambiguity resolution and the final correction generation, within a fraction of second.
  • the estimator 34 comprises a clock solution module 44 and a low latency clock module 42, such that estimator 34 provides an integrated clock solution of two parallel clock estimation processes (e.g., slow clock of the clock solution module 44 and a low latency clock of the low latency clock module 42).
  • the clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42 collectively promote accuracy of absolute clock estimation and a reduction of the clock latency in position estimates that use the correction data.
  • the clock solution module 44 determines a slow clock solution that uses all the possible GNSS measurements (from reference receivers 30), such the GNSS measurements include longer latency measurements (e.g., up to 6 seconds) from the reference receivers 30 or associated network to estimate absolute satellite clock, tropospheric bias, satellite narrow-lane bias and ambiguity and conduct ambiguity resolution.
  • the clock solution module 44 requires an intensive computation to determine the slow clock estimate, which can take several seconds to process.
  • the low latency clock module 42 takes only the latest available measurements with a shorter latency (such as receiver measurements with latencies limited to approximately 1 to 2 approximately seconds) to compute satellite clock change at high rate.
  • the low latency clock module 42, data processor 20 or estimator 34 integrates the low latency clock estimate with the slow clock estimate and orbit at low rate to deliver a consistent set of correction signals including satellite orbit, clock, wide- narrow satellite bias and quality information in a timely manner through L-band wireless channel, wireless communications system, an electronic communications network, or internet in real-time.
  • the data processing center (118 or 218) comprises hub navigation algorithm software, such as the clock orbit real-time estimator 34, which can be referred to as the innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator (iCORE).
  • the estimator 34 includes a measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36, an orbit solution module 38, clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42, which are critical components of global differential correction.
  • the data processing center (118 or 218) or estimator 34 generates correction signals to provide centimeter-level accuracy estimates including: (1) satellite orbit estimate, (2) satellite clock estimate, and (3) satellite phase biases and their associated quality information.
  • the estimation software of the estimator 34 When the estimation software of the estimator 34 is started, historical collected data (if available) of measurements and associated ephemeris data, such as approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours of collected data or measurement data is fed into the MPP module 36 and orbit solution module 38 for enhancing or speeding up the convergence of GNSS orbit estimation. Further, the last six hours of historical collected data is also fed into the estimator 34 or clock solution module 44 that estimates the slow clock estimate. In general, the estimator 34 takes approximately 24 to 48 hours of historical measurement data to reach steady-state, reliable orbit estimation and approximately 6 hours of historical measurement data for slow clock estimation. Because the low latency clock does not take time to pull-in steady states, the low latency clock module 42 does not require the historical measurement data or collected data to estimate the low latency clock solution.
  • the estimator 34 when the latest GNSS measurement time fed from offline data reaches the current or real-time GNSS measurement time, the estimator 34 will seamlessly switch measurements input source for all the modules from off-line data 23 or stored data in the data storage device 24 to real- time data collected from the global GNSS reference station network receivers.
  • the correction system uses a communications system or broadcasting system to deliver the global differential corrections to mobile satellite receivers 12 from one or more data processing centers (118 or 218) distributed around the world.
  • the set of global differential correction data can be selected and transmitted via a satellite uplink transmitter or Land-Earth Station (LES) to a communications satellite 35 (e.g., INMARSAT communication satellite).
  • the user satellite mobile receiver 12 is capable of receiving this set of global differential corrections, resolving ambiguity, and achieving centimeter-level precision in position estimates for navigation.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates the data correction system 1011 associated with a data processing center 218 and the estimator 134.
  • the estimator 134 comprises the following modules: a real-time data collector 19, a measurement pre-processor module 36, an orbit solution module 38, a clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42.
  • the real-time data collector 19 further comprises a data source selector 15 (in FIG. 9), although in other configurations the data source selector 15 can be a separate module.
  • the data collector 19 communicates with one or more reference receivers 30 and a data storage device 24 in the data processing center 218.
  • the data collector 19 or the data storage device 24 may provide measurement data, ephemeris data, or both (e.g., off-line data 23) to MPP module 36.
  • the data collector 19 may provide the measurement data, ephemeris data, or both to the MPP module 36 via a data source selector 15.
  • the MPP module 36 can provide the measurement data and pre-processed data derived from the measurement data to one or more of the following: the orbit solution module 38, the clock solution module 44, and the low latency clock module 42.
  • the MPP module 36 may communicate with the orbit solution module 38, the clock solution module 44 and the low latency clock module 42 via a data bus 22, a virtual communications path, a physical communications path, or some combination of the foregoing.
  • the real-time data collector 19 can collect measurement data from the satellite reference receivers 30 in real time and can facilitate storage of the collected measurement data in the data storage device 24. Further in some embodiments, the real-time data collector 19 may comprise a data selector module 15 that distributes the collected data or measurement data to other modules in the data processing system 1011. In other embodiments, the data collector 19 can distribute collected data or measurement data to the other modules or data processing servers.
  • the measurement pre-processing (MPP) 36 module prepares “clean” measurements and provides wide lane fixed ambiguities and wide-lane bias product based on one or more data sources, such as real-time data measurements, off-line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 24-48 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 24-28 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
  • data sources such as real-time data measurements, off-line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 24-48 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 24-28 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
  • the orbit solution module 38 is adapted to provide accurate satellite position and satellite velocity estimates, based on one or more data sources, such as real-time data measurements, off- line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 24-48 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 24-28 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
  • data sources such as real-time data measurements, off- line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 24-48 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 24-28 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
  • the clock solution module 44 is adapted to provide a satellite slow clock solution estimate and narrow-lane bias products at low rate, based on one or more data sources, such as real-time data measurements, off-line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 6 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 6 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
  • data sources such as real-time data measurements, off-line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 6 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 6 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
  • the low latency clock module 42 or estimator 134 is adapted to provide a fast satellite clock estimate at lHz and integrate outputted MPP solutions, orbit solutions and slow clock solutions to generate a set of consistent correction data signals in real-time.
  • the data source for the low latency clock module 42 is only accepted from real-time measurement stream.
  • the low latency clock module 42 only uses the carrier phase measurements to derive clock change between two different epochs.
  • the double-differenced approach between time and satellites are used to reduce size of estimated states such as ambiguity and receiver clocks.
  • the tropospheric biases are corrected using a model (e.g., an a priori model) and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution.
  • the low latency clock module 42 estimates satellite clock changes, rather than absolute values of the clock data. Accordingly, the low latency clock computation is extremely efficient. For example, in a few milliseconds or less, the low latency clock module 42 can determine or estimate the satellite clock changes or low latency data for the relevant measurements of all reference receivers 30 for any epoch.
  • each one of the MPP module 36, the orbit solution module 38 and the clock solution module 44 comprises two parts or components: (1) a Zero-Differential (ZD) Kalman filter or data processor 20; (2) Network ARE (e.g., Ambiguity Resolution Estimator (ARE)) module.
  • ZD Zero-Differential
  • ARE Ambiguity Resolution Estimator
  • Each Zero- differential Kalman filter processes received measurement data to form ZD measurements, to define state variables, and to update (e.g., dynamically) the Kalman filter measurements.
  • the Network ARE module processes measurement data to perform ambiguity resolution.
  • the measurement pre- processing module accepts measurement data from the reference data network 32 as input data and applies the wide-lane estimator 34 to output wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane bias.
  • the measurement pre-processing module 36 pre-processes and cleans raw measurement data from one or more satellite reference receivers 30 or the reference station network 32 based on real-time or live measurement data, off-line recorded or stored measurement data, or both. Further, the MPP module 36 can resolve the widelane (WL) ambiguities. In one configuration, the MPP module 36 provides the filtered or “cleaned” measurements, fixed wide lane ambiguities, and satellite WL biases to the low latency clock module 42, the clock solution module 44 and the orbit solution module 38.
  • WL widelane
  • MPP module 36 uses Melbourne-Wnbbena linear combination // WL as a Zero-Differential (ZD) measurement to estimate the following state variables:
  • GLONASS Inter-frequency bias (IFB) WL coefficient per tracked site • One wide lane bias per satellite; and • One GLONASS Inter-frequency bias (IFB) WL coefficient per tracked site. Its sensitivity coefficient is the satellite frequency number. This sate variable only exists for GLONASS case.
  • IFB Inter-frequency bias
  • the ZD Melbourne -Wiibbena measurements for each site are averaged at a time interval, such as 60 second, if there is no cycle slip.
  • a cycle slip refers to a loss of lock or pull-in of the carrier phase for any satellite signal, for example.
  • the filtered or smoothed ZD Melboume-Wiibbena measurements are processed in ZD Kalman filter site-by- site for each satellite reference receiver.
  • the ZD Kalman filter dynamic update and measurement update is processed to update state variables.
  • each GNSS system satellite can be modeled with a separate and distinct wide lane filter.
  • GPS with the Quazi-Zenith Satellite System (QZSS), GLONASS, GALIEO and BEIDOU systems each have a separate wide lane filter.
  • the QZSS is a satellite-based augmentation system to supplement GPS for an Asian area.
  • the reference receiver bias is not a desirable global differential product because it is not used for user receiver navigation. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, to reduce filter size and computation complexity, the reference receiver WL bias is not explicitly estimated; instead, the WL bias is combined into the ZD float ambiguity state.
  • the orbit solution module 38 is a major module of the estimator 34 that estimates the satellite orbits of one or more constellations or groups of GNSS satellites.
  • the clock solution module 44 and the low latency clock model 42 rely on the predicted orbits provided over time intervals (e.g., every few minutes) from the orbit solution module 38.
  • the orbit solution module 38 provides orbit solutions at a lower rate such as every 300 seconds because the GNSS satellite orbits are generally smooth.
  • the data sources for orbit solution module 38 can be from either real-time measurements, off-line data 23 (e.g., recorded measurements or stored measurements, such as approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours of off-line historical measurement data), or any mix of real-time measurements and off-line data 23 (e.g., stored measurements, such as approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours.
  • the MPP module 36 takes at least 24 hours of off-line data 23 for orbit solution to reach steady states.
  • the MPP module 36, orbit solution module 38, the slow clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42 can run in parallel in accordance with parallel data processing processes.
  • the orbit solution module 38 uses the refraction-corrected code and carrier phase measurements from one or more reference receivers 30 or the global reference station network 32.
  • the orbit solution module 38 may be configured as a filter that processed are three types of state variables, such as one or more of the following: (1) Satellite dependent state variables including satellite position, velocity, satellite clock, satellite narrow-lane bias, yaw rate and empirical solar radiation force modeling parameter;
  • Receiver dependent state variables including reference position, receiver clocks, residual troposphere bias and gradients, carrier phase ambiguities;
  • the orbit solution module 38 estimates the precise orbits and the uplink station 28 or other wireless communication device transmits the precise orbits to end-user mobile receivers 12 in real-time.
  • predicted satellite orbits e.g., called o2c data
  • a certain maximum time interval e.g., few minutes
  • the predicted satellite orbits can be used to generate orbit corrections for the estimated precise orbits.
  • the predicted satellite orbits can be used to correct orbital errors in the slow clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42, such as by providing the orbit correction or corrected estimated precise orbits to the slow clock solution module 44, the low latency clock module 42, or both.
  • the measurements from reference receivers 30 are collected, pre-processed and are batched for the correction system 1011 to process when they arrive at one or more data processing centers 218.
  • the clock solution module 44 estimates many states to determine or estimate clock solutions, which can contribute to lag in the computation process. To reduce the correction latency and utilize the more measurements, two clock solutions including slow clock and low latency clock solution are considered. In the slow clock solution, all the measurements are batched as long as they arrived before a fixed latency such as within a time range of approximately 6 seconds to approximately 15 seconds.
  • the clock solution module 44 determines or estimates the slow clock solution from data sources such as real-time measurements of the reference receivers 30, off-line recorded measurements or stored measurements (e.g., 2-3 hours of offline storage), or a combination or mix of real-time measurement data and off-line recorded measurements or streams.
  • the clock solution module 44 typically takes at least 6 hours to reach steady states for a slow clock solution.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 uses similar measurements and ZD Kalman filter as orbit solution module 38, except for several major differences: First, the clock solution module 44 is running at a different rate such as approximately 30 second or 60 seconds unlike approximately 300 second rate for the orbit solution module 38 because clock corrections vary more quickly than orbit corrections.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 In the slow clock solution module 44, all the state variables remain the same as in the orbit solution module 38, except satellite orbit-related states which are not estimated, but use the orbit estimation results from orbit solution.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 or estimator 34 outputs a complete set of global difference corrections, including satellite orbit corrections, satellite clock corrections, satellite WL biases, NL biases and quality information. The foregoing corrections and estimated tropospheric parameters will be sent into low latency clock module 42. Note that all the biases refer to satellite WL and NL biases because receiver bias is not of interest to global differential correction product that is distributed to mobile receivers 12.
  • un-differenced refraction-corrected code and carrier phase observations are used to estimate satellite and receiver clocks, troposphere biases, satellite narrow-lane bias.
  • the update rate is typically low, for example a low update rate (e.g., 5 minute update rate for orbit or 30 seconds for slow clock, or even longer). Because a large number of ambiguities have to be estimated together with both receiver and satellites clock parameters, the clock solution module 44 determines and updates the slow clock solution at a low update rate with ambiguity resolution and satellite bias estimation.
  • the estimator 34 or slow clock solution module 44 may wait for longer time prior to engaging in a batch computation or computation of the slow clock solution to ensure enough measurements from the reference receivers 30 or reference network are collected and processed when they arrive at one or more data processing centers 218.
  • the clock solution module 44 is configured to determine real-time satellite clocks along with satellite biases to preserve the integer nature of ambiguity for the mobile receiver 12. The ambiguity fixing can reduce the convergence time and improve the accuracy of navigation, for instance.
  • the low latency clock module 42 determines changes or adjustment to the slow satellite clock to reduce the correction latency. To improve clock accuracy with consistent satellite bias product and also reduce the correction latency, the clock solution module 44 and the low latency clock module 42 run two parallel clock processes in cooperation with each other. The low latency clock module 42 uses the carrier phase measurements only to compute the clock change (delta clock). The slowly changing parameters such as troposphere and satellite narrow lane bias are fixed to the estimates from the slow clock solution module 44 which update regularly (e.g., periodically) at update time interval from slow clock process to low latency clock process, such as an update interval of every 30 seconds.
  • the low latency clock module 42 can use the delta carrier phase between TO (at zero seconds) and current epoch Tito estimate the delta clocks.
  • the slow clock provides new reference epoch such as T30 epoch (at 30 seconds)
  • the low latency clock will change reference epoch from TO to T30.
  • the low latency clock fixes predicted orbits (02C data) in a low latency clock solution.
  • the low latency clock only estimates delta satellite clocks so that the computation (of the delta satellite clocks) can be updated at very high rate.
  • the pre-processed measurements from the MPP module 36 are batched and sent to low latency clock module 42 after a few seconds waiting window, such as 1 to 2 seconds.
  • the orbit solution module 38 and clock solution module 44 provides to orbit and clock solutions, respectively, after longer period, such as 6 seconds to 15 seconds.
  • the low latency clock solution is designed to reduce the correction latency and to improve clock accuracy with absolute clocks from slow clock solution.
  • the double-differenced measurements between time and satellites are used so that some unnecessary states, such as ambiguity and receiver clocks are removed.
  • highest elevation satellite in view e.g., in reliable reception range and with a sufficient azimuth
  • cycle slips e.g., in the phase of one or more received carrier phase signals of reference satellite
  • the tropospheric biases are corrected using a priori model and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution.
  • the only states for satellite clock changes are estimated.
  • the a priori satellite clock rates from broadcast ephemeris are loosely used to estimate delta satellite clocks.
  • a RAIM receiver autonomous integrity monitoring
  • the data processor 20, the correction manager 40 or the low-latency clock applies a RAIM algorithm to the delta clock filter 412.
  • the RAIM algorithm comprises software that uses an over- determined solution or redundant calculations to check the consistency of satellite measurements, such as carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements of one or more satellites for each reference receiver 30 in the network.
  • a Kalman filter or Least Squares approach can be used to estimate delta clock.
  • the number of estimated state variables or unknowns is equal to the number of active satellites.
  • the data processing center 218 can typically process the measurements for the low latency clock within a few milliseconds or less, which is faster (e.g., hundreds times faster) than the clock solution module 44 providing the slow clock solution.
  • the slow clock solution module 44 can take two seconds to three seconds to finish the measurement processing for one epoch.
  • the low latency clock module 42 p provides satellite clock changes that are integrated with absolute clocks from slow clock solution to derive absolute clocks for any epochs.
  • the real-time data source of the reference receivers 30 is accepted for real-time processing because there is no pull-in time for the low latency clock solution.
  • the orbit data, clock correction data and satellite WL/NL bias products with quality information are sent to the user at the mobile receiver 12 through satellite L-band, wireless communication system or internet in real-time.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal. The method of FIG. 11 begins in step S900.
  • one or more reference receives receive a series of raw satellite signal measurements.
  • the raw satellite signal measurements are transmitted or communicated from the one or more reference receivers 30 to the data processing center (118, 218) (e.g., data processing hub.)
  • the reference receivers 30 may communicate with one or more data ports 2626 of the data processing system.
  • step S902 the data storage device 24 stores the received raw satellite signal measurements for a series of time windows (or time intervals) prior to a current time (current GNSS measurement time). Each one of the satellite signal measurements is associated with a respective stored measurement time tag. Step S902 may be carried out by using time windows or time intervals of various durations. In one example, the data storage device 24 stores the received raw satellite signal measurements in accordance with the time windows, where the time windows are cumulatively at least 24 hours in duration. In another example, the time windows are cumulative within a range from approximately 24 hours to approximately 48 hours in duration.
  • step S904 during a warm-start mode, the data processor 20, data processing center 118, or estimator 34 estimates or determines a satellite correction signal based on satellite orbit data, satellite clock data, and satellite bias correction data derived from stored received raw satellite signal measurements.
  • the data processor 20 or estimator 34 feeds approximately six hours of stored data measurements into the slow clock estimation module to reach steady state orbit estimation.
  • the start-up mode or warm-start mode historical stored data measurements are not required to feed the low latency clock.
  • step S906 the data processing center 118, the data processor 20 or the data source selector 15 (e.g., switch) seamlessly switches a measurement data source from the stored received raw satellite signal measurements to live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements approaches or reaches the current time, where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is less than a threshold time range.
  • the data processing center 118, the data processor 20 or the data source selector 15 e.g., switch
  • the data processing center (118 or 218), the data processor 20 or the data source selector 15 (e.g., switch) seamlessly switches a measurement data source from the stored received raw satellite signal measurements to live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements approaches or reaches the current time.
  • the data processor 20 or the data source selector 15 e.g., switch
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal.
  • the method of FIG. 12 is similar to the method of FIG. 11, except the method of FIG. 12 further includes the steps S908 and S910.
  • step S908 the data processing center (118 or 218) or data processor 20 determines when the satellite orbit data, the satellite clock data, and the satellite bias data (e.g., wide -narrow lane bias data) have converged to reliable satellite correction data with ambiguity resolution.
  • the satellite bias data e.g., wide -narrow lane bias data
  • the data processing center (118 or 218) or data processor 20 provides reliable correction data with ambiguity resolution to end users via a satellite communications channel.
  • the data processing center (118 or 218) or data processor 20 wirelessly provides and updates the correction data to mobile satellite receivers at a rate of at least 1 Hertz or greater.
  • the satellite uplink transmits the correction data an updates to a communication satellite, which repeats or retransmits the uplink transmission for receipt by a terrestrial wireless correction device 14 that is associated with or co- located with a mobile receiver 12.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal.
  • the method of FIG. 13 is similar to the method of FIG. 11, except the method of FIG. 12 further includes the step S912.
  • step S912 during a normal operation mode, data processor 20 or data processing center 118 estimates differential correction signal with satellite orbit data, satellite clock bias data, and satellite bias data based on real-time live received raw measurements.
  • the clock data and satellite clock bias data results from integrating two parallel clock estimation processes including a slow clock solution and low latency clock solution, where the low latency clock solution is estimated as a delta or change with respect to the slow clock solution.
  • the correction system and method supports reliable, precise and quick warm start because both offline recorded data and real-time data are fed into the estimator or associated server software to speed up GNSS correction convergence.
  • the warm start is associated with the use of the recorded off-line measurement data and associated ephemeris data to reduce the start-up time required to provide correction data and distribute correction signals to the mobile receivers, or subscribers or end users of the mobile receivers.
  • the warm start can reduce the start-up time for providing a reliable steady-state precise correction data from approximately 24 hours to approximately 48 hours to approximately 1.5 hours to approximately 3 hours.
  • the warm start can reduce the start-up time for providing a reliable steady-state precise correction data from approximately 14 days to approximately two to three days.
  • a consistent set of correction signals including satellite orbit, clock, wide-narrow satellite bias and quality information can be transmitted wirelessly or delivered in a timely manner through satellite L-band, wireless communications or internet in real-time.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal.
  • the method of FIG. 14 is similar to the method of FIG. 11, except the method of FIG. 14 replaces step S906 with step S914.
  • a data source selector 15 is adapted to use a mix or combination of measurement data sources comprising the stored received raw satellite signal measurements and live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements, if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements has not yet approached or reached the current time (e.g., current GNSS measurement time), where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is greater than a threshold time range.
  • the estimator 34 can provide all necessary computations, such as measurement pre- processing, orbit and clock determination, ambiguity resolution and the final correction generation, within a fraction of second.
  • step S914 can use parallel processing techniques within each data processing center 218 to process simultaneously stored signal measurements and current live signal measurements, where the measurements comprise the satellite carrier phase measurements, to facilitate a warm start of the correction data and/or potentially reduced convergence time to ambiguity resolution associated with the correction data.
  • the parallel processing may entail the data processing center 218 using multiple servers at once or simultaneously to execute one or more modules of the estimator (34 or 134) or multiple electronic data processors 20 (e.g., multiple microprocessor cores) within the data processing center 218 to execute software instructions associated one or more modules of the estimator (24 or 134).
  • the WL (wide-lane) bias filtering system 505 comprises the main WL (wide-lane) ZD (zero-difference) filter (400, 501) and an additional or supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for each satellite (e.g., in view of within a reliable signal reception range, subject to any hardware data processing or memory limitations).
  • the main WL ZD filter 501 may comprise an optional MPP ZD filter 400 of FIG. 4, as indicated by the dashed lines in FIG. 15A.
  • the optional MPP ZD filter 400 of FIG. 15A may be configured to link to or communicate with a corresponding optional wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., WL bias filter) illustrated in dashed lines in FIG. 4, where a bank or group of WL filters 504 may supplement the optional wide-lane estimator 37.
  • a bank or group of WL filters 504 is available for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range.
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 can replace, incorporate, link to, or communicate with, the WL ZD filter 400, alone or together with its corresponding optional WL estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane bias estimator), in any of the drawings in the disclosure.
  • each GNSS reference receiver has bank of supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) and a bank of corresponding WL ZD filters (400, 501).
  • Each WL ZD filter (400, 501) may comprise a predictive filter or first WL Kalman filter.
  • Each supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) may comprise a second WL Kalman filter.
  • the main WL ZD filter (400, 501) is coupled to the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for communication of states parameters or data.
  • the main ZD filter or first WL Kalman filter provides WL residuals 502 (e.g., post-fit WL residuals) for a respective satellite to the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for the respective satellite.
  • the WL bias predictive filter 504 provides the dynamic noise 503 for one or more of the WL bias.
  • the WL bias for a satellite may be mapped to corresponding resolved DD integer ambiguities for the satellite or a cluster of satellites.
  • Satellite wide-lane bias is not constant, but often changes slowly over time, such as within .05 cycles to .2 cycles (at WL frequency or bandwidth) deviation from the mean satellite wide-lane bias over a time period or series of epochs.
  • first WL filtering mode e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode
  • second WL filtering mode e.g., time-variant WL bias filtering mode
  • the two mutually exclusive filtering modes can be invoked individually and independently for any satellite within a constellation of satellites or that can be invoked individually and independently for a group of satellites within the constellation of satellites.
  • the first WL filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode) is associated with an accompanying first set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and states for the WL bias filtering system 505;
  • the second WL filtering mode (e.g., time- variant WL bias filtering mode) is associated with an accompanying second set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and filter states for the WL bias filtering system 505, which may comprise a pair of main WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., first WL Kalman filter) and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., second WL Kalman filter) for each respective satellite.
  • the main WL ZD filter (400, 501) assumes or receives verification that satellite bias changes slowly over time and/or the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) can verify that assumption or changes in that verification. Accordingly, in the first filtering WL mode (e.g., conventional WL bias mode), the main WL ZD bias filter or WL ZD filter (400, 501) applies a first WL tuned level of dynamic noise or first WL tuned range of dynamic noise based on the supplemental WL predictive filter's evaluation of WL residuals for the same satellite.
  • the first filtering WL mode e.g., conventional WL bias mode
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) provides or outputs the first WL tuned level of dynamic noise, which may comprise a constant dynamic noise (e.g., le 8 watts or 10,000 picowatts) for wide-lane bias.
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) provides or outputs the first WL tuned range of dynamic noise, which may comprise a constant dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5,000 picowatts to 15,000 picowatts) for wide-lane bias.
  • the dynamic noise may be provided in the units of watts or dBm (decibel milliwatts).
  • the dynamic noise may be modeled as white noise with a Guassian distribution.
  • the additional or supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) may comprise a second Kalman filter (e.g., one -dimensional filter), or a residual WL bias filter to monitor the satellite residual WL bias to trigger/support application of second WL tuned dynamic noise (e.g., to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise), where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise.
  • the second WL tuned dynamic noise may comprise a dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5e 6 watts or 5,000,000 picowatts) in the WL ZD bias filter (e.g., Kalman filter), for instance.
  • the additional or supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) may comprise a second Kalman filter (e.g., one -dimensional filter), or a residual WL bias filter to monitor the satellite residual WL bias to trigger/support application of second WL tuned range of dynamic noise, where the second WL tuned range of dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned range dynamic noise.
  • a second Kalman filter e.g., one -dimensional filter
  • a residual WL bias filter to monitor the satellite residual WL bias to trigger/support application of second WL tuned range of dynamic noise, where the second WL tuned range of dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned range dynamic noise.
  • the WL bias filtering system 505, first WL Kalman filter, or electronic data processor manages a transition between the first WL bias filtering mode and the second WL bias filtering mode (e.g., from the conventional WL bias filtering mode to time -variant WL bias filtering mode) based on the supplemental WL bias predictive filter's (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter's) evaluating the satellite WL residuals for a particular satellite and generating a corresponding dynamic noise (e.g., first WL tuned dynamic noise or the second WL tuned dynamic noise).
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 applies the following equations fortuning or selection ofWL dynamic noise and associated WL bias (filtering) modes.
  • the post-fit WL residuals (e.g., a component of in equation A8 or B2) of given satellites from all the receivers are fed into the WL bias filtering system 505 or the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) as measurements: where b t are the satellite wide-lane residuals (e.g., WL residuals associated with resolved WL ambiguities, WL bias, or both for a given satellite) or wide-lane bias residuals for a respective satellite; is the variance of the wide-lane bias residuals for a respective satellite; t and are the measurement time and interval of sampling, respectively; and is dynamic noise.
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter) applies following test statistic or derived metric (T or TWL) to determine whether the dynamic noise of the wide lane bias is properly set or not (e.g., in the WL ZD filter (400, 501) or first WL Kalman filter):
  • the WL bias predictive filter or electronic data processor determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., T WL ) in Eq 33 is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise (e.g., first WL tuned dynamic noise or first WL tuned range of dynamic noise), the (a) the residual wide lane bias b t is significant, and (b) it indicates that the first tuned dynamic noise is set too small or too low, and (c) the dynamic noise is required to increase (e.g., from a first tuned dynamic noise to a second tuned dynamic noise, or from a first tuned dynamic noise range to second tuned dynamic noise range) consistent with a transition from the first WL bias filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode) to the second WL bias filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL bias filtering mode).
  • T derived metric or test statistic
  • the inflated scale could set be as T 2 (e.g., or bounded by a limit of 100 times the original scale) to allow the WL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation or limit from its mean WL bias over one or more epochs.
  • the revised dynamic noise may allow the WL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation of .2 to .5 cycles (at the WL frequency or wavelength) from the mean WL bias of a particular satellite over one or more epochs.
  • the increase in the dynamic noise (e.g., of the first tuned dynamic noise) can be bounded with certain range (e.g., second tuned range of dynamic noise) such that the next dynamic noise could equal the previous dynamic noise multiplied by a suitable multiplier (e.g., 100) that is characteristic of the operational environment of the carrier signals and encoded modulation, such as any C/A and/or PN codes that modulate each carrier signal.
  • a suitable multiplier e.g., 100
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., T WL ) is less than the specified threshold of dynamic noise or the first tuned dynamic noise (e.g., approximately watts or 10,000 picowatts), the residual wide lane bias is not significant, and it confirms that the previous dynamic noise or first tuned dynamic noise (e.g., watts) or first tuned range of dynamic noise is set properly; hence, the WL bias filtering system 505, such as the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., second Kalman filter), WL ZD filter (400, 501), or both, can remain in the first WL bias filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode).
  • T derived metric or test statistic
  • the first tuned dynamic noise e.g., approximately watts or 10,000 picowatts
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 such as the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., second Kalman filter),
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 is configured to determine whether to operate in a first wide- lane filtering mode with a corresponding first limited deviation (e.g., first WL threshold) of a next wide lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch with respect to a previous mean of the WL bias from a series of previous successive epochs, or a second wide-lane filtering mode with a corresponding second limited deviation (e.g., second WL threshold) of a next wide lane bias correction for the given satellite for the next epoch, or a transient period thereafter, with respect to the previous mean that is greater than (outside the limits of) the first limited deviation (e.g., first WL threshold) for each corresponding satellite.
  • a first limited deviation e.g., first WL threshold
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center), is configured to determine a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance. Further, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 is configured to provide to the WL ZD filter (400, 501), a second WL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., as the current setting for the current epoch and to transition from the first WL filtering mode to the second WL filtering mode) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • TWL derived metric
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center), is configured to determine a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance.
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 is configured to provide to the WL ZD filter (400, 501), a first WL tuned dynamic noise (as maintenance of the next setting for the next epoch to remain in the first WL filtering mode) to maintain the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter (400, 501) (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is equal to or less than the derived metric, and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • WL bias filtering system 505 WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., first Kalman filter), and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter or second Kalman filter) use the above test to transition between the first WL bias filtering mode and the second WL bias filtering mode made (e.g., from the conventional WL bias mode to time-variant WL bias mode), the technical approach has universal or general applicability.
  • the above test and technical approach can apply to various different operating conditions of the satellite and associated GNSS receiver on a satellite-by- satellite basis, including one or more of the following: (1) changes in transmit signal power of a satellite carrier signal, (2) changes in received signal-to-noise ratio of one or more satellite carrier signals, (3) interference to or fading of the satellite carrier signal, (4) change in or allocation of signal power to, between or among C/A code modulation, PI (P(Y) code on LI) code modulation or P2 (P(Y) code on L2 modulation, (5) changes in the signal path of the transmit signal with the satellite, (6) switching to a redundant satellite transmitter on the same satellite, (7) changing of an active antenna or antenna array elements, or (8) switching to or activating a different satellite signal path of the satellite electronics with different thermal noise energy or a perceived satellite clock difference associated with the satellite signal path.
  • the transition between the WL filtering modes can be further managed by requiring not only the above test, but cumulatively additional factors including any of the following, which may be applied separately or cumulatively for any satellite: an observed material change per unit time in the signal to noise-ratio of carrier signals and/or an observed material change in the differential code bias between different code components, where the above additional factors can be measured in the measurement module or carrier phase measurement module of one or more reference receivers.
  • the NL (narrow-lane) bias filtering system 507 comprises a pair or set of a main NL (narrow-lane) ZD (zero-difference) filter (404, 408, 506) and a NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 for each corresponding satellite.
  • the main NL ZD filter 506 is configured to communicate with a bank or group of code bias filters 512 for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range.
  • the main NL ZD filter 506 may comprise the orbit ZD filter 404, or the clock ZD filter 408, or both the orbit ZD filter 404 and the clock ZD filter 408.
  • the orbit ZD filter 404 may be configured to link to or communicate with a corresponding optional narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., NL bias filter), illustrated in dashed lies in FIG. 4, where a bank or group of code bias filters 512 may supplement the optional narrow-lane estimator 39 for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range.
  • the clock ZD filter 408 may be configured to link to communicate with a corresponding optional narrow-lane estimator 43 (e.g., NL bias filter), illustrated in dashed lines in FIG. 4, where the bank or group of code bias filters 512 may supplement the optional narrow-lane estimator 39 for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range.
  • the clock solution module 44 and its clock ZD filter 408 uses the same measurements as the orbit solution module 38 and its orbit ZD filter 404, except the clock solution module 44 may operate a higher rate than the orbit solution module because the clock corrections tend to vary more quickly than orbit corrections.
  • the orbit solution module 38 may operate an orbit refresh rate, orbit update rate, or orbit data processing clock rate that is less than the slow clock refresh rate, slow clock update rate, or slow clock processing clock rate and that is less than the low-latency clock refresh rate, the low-latency clock update rate and the low-latency processing clock rate.
  • the clock solution module 44 can reference, access, rely on or leverage the orbit estimation results (of the orbit solution module 38), such as: (a) modeling and estimation of fdter state variables, sensitivity coefficients of the orbit ZD filter (404), and (b) refining prior narrow-lane bias estimates for the epoch or a previous epoch, such as satellite narrow-lane bias, receiver narrow-lane bias, satellite narrow-lane phase bias, receiver narrow-lane phase bias, satellite narrow-lane code bias, and/or receiver narrow-lane code bias.
  • the orbit estimation results of the orbit solution module 38
  • the orbit estimation results such as: (a) modeling and estimation of fdter state variables, sensitivity coefficients of the orbit ZD filter (404), and (b) refining prior narrow-lane bias estimates for the epoch or a previous epoch, such as satellite narrow-lane bias, receiver narrow-lane bias, satellite narrow-lane phase bias, receiver narrow-lane phase bias, satellite narrow-lane code bias, and/or receiver narrow-lane code bias.
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 can replace, incorporate, link to, or communicate with the (NL) ZD filter (404 or 408), alone or together with its corresponding optional NL (bias) estimator (39 or 43), respectively, in any of the drawings in the disclosure.
  • each GNSS NL bias filtering system comprises a NL bias predictive filter, a code phase bias filter, or both.
  • the NL bias/code-phase bias filter 512 may be configured as a second NL Kalman filter.
  • the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) is coupled to the NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 for communication of states parameters or data.
  • the main ZD filter or first Kalman filter provides RC NL code residuals 508 for a respective satellite to the NL bias filter/code-phase filter 512 for the respective satellite.
  • the NL bias filter/code phase filter 512 provides the dynamic noise 510 for one or more of the following biases: NL bias, the refraction-corrected (RC) NL (code) bias, and/or the code- phase bias.
  • the NL bias for a satellite may be mapped to corresponding resolved DD integer ambiguities for the satellite or a cluster of satellites.
  • Satellite narrow-lane bias is not constant, but often changes slowly over time, such as within 0 cycles to approximately .2 cycles (at NL frequency or bandwidth) deviation from the mean satellite narrow-lane bias over a time period or series of epochs.
  • first NL filtering mode e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode
  • second NL filtering mode e.g., time-variant NL bias filtering mode
  • the two mutually exclusive NL filtering modes can be invoked individually and independently for any satellite within a constellation of satellites or that can be invoked individually and independently for a group of satellites within the constellation of satellites.
  • the first NL filtering mode e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode
  • the second NL filtering mode e.g., time-variant NL bias filtering mode
  • the second NL filtering mode is associated with an accompanying second set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and filter states.
  • the first main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) assumes or receives verification that satellite bias changes slowly over time from the NL bias filter/code- phase filter for the same particular satellite.
  • the NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 provides or outputs the first NL tuned level of dynamic noise to main NL bias filter or NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) based on the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter's evaluation of satellite RC code residuals.
  • NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 provides or outputs the first NL tuned level of dynamic noise, which may comprise a smaller and constant dynamic noise (e.g., le 7 watts or 100,000 picowatts) for narrow-lane bias.
  • NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 provides or outputs the first NL tuned range of dynamic noise for the NL bias.
  • the dynamic noise may be provided in the units of watts or dBm (decibel milliwatts).
  • the dynamic noise may be modeled as white noise with a Guassian distribution.
  • the NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 may comprise second NL Kalman filter, or a residual NL code-phase bias filter 512, to monitor the satellite RC code-phase residuals to trigger/support application of second NL tuned dynamic noise (e.g., to replace the first tuned dynamic noise), where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise.
  • the second NL tuned dynamic noise e.g., approximately 5e 5 watts
  • the NL bias filter/code-phase filter may comprise a second Kalman NL filter (e.g., one -dimensional filter), or code-phase bias residual filter to monitor the satellite residual RC code phase to trigger/support application of second NL tuned range of dynamic noise, where the second NL tuned range of dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned range dynamic noise.
  • a second Kalman NL filter e.g., one -dimensional filter
  • code-phase bias residual filter to monitor the satellite residual RC code phase to trigger/support application of second NL tuned range of dynamic noise, where the second NL tuned range of dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned range dynamic noise.
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 manages a transition between the first NL bias filtering mode and the second NL bias filtering mode (e.g., from the conventional NL bias filtering mode to time -variant NL bias filtering mode) based on the supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase filter's evaluating the satellite refraction-corrected (RC) code-phase residuals for a particular satellite and generating a corresponding dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise or the second NL tuned dynamic noise).
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 applies the following equations for tuning or selection of NL dynamic noise and associated NL bias (filtering) modes:
  • the post-fit NL residuals (e.g., a component of in A15, A16 or residuals in C34) for a given satellites from all the receivers are fed into the NL bias filtering system 507, or the NL bias filter/code- phase filter, as measurements.
  • the satellite RC phase-code residuals e.g., satellite NL bias residuals, for a respective satellite or any leading indicator of satellite NL bias
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase filter applies the following derived metric or test statistic (T or TNL) to determine whether the dynamic noise of the narrow lane bias is properly set or not (e.g., in the main
  • NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) or first NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506)).
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase filter determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) in equation 57 is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise level or first NL tuned dynamic range), then: (a) the RC code-phase residual is significant, (b) it indicates that the dynamic noise is set too small or too low, and (c) the dynamic noise is required to increase consistent with a transition from the first NL filtering mode to the second NL filtering mode.
  • TNL derived metric or test statistic
  • the NL bias filter/code phase filter determines that the derived metric or test statistic T in equation 57 is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise based on any material change or limit exceeded in the RC code-phase residual associated with the narrow-lane bias such that the narrow-lane bias may be subject to (future predicted) greater deviation from its mean narrow lane bias.
  • the inflated scale could set be as T 2 (e.g., or bounded by a limit of 100 times the original scale) to allow the NL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation or limit from its mean NL bias over one or more epochs.
  • the revised dynamic noise may allow the NL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation of 0 to approximately 2 cycles (at the NL frequency or wavelength) from the mean NL bias of a particular satellite over one or more epochs.
  • the increase in the dynamic noise can be bounded with certain range such that the next dynamic noise (e.g., second NL tuned dynamic noise) could equal the previous dynamic noise multiplied by a suitable multiplier (e.g.,
  • the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) is less than the specified threshold of dynamic noise (e.g., watts or 10,000 picowatts)
  • the RC code-phase residuals associated with the NL bias have not changed significantly, which indicates or confirms that the previous dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise, such as watts) of the NL bias, is set properly; hence, the NL bias filter (e.g., Kalman filter) or NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) can remain in the first NL bias filtering mode (e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode).
  • the specified threshold of dynamic noise e.g., watts or 10,000 picowatts
  • the data processing center or the NL bias filtering system 507 has bank of supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase bias and a bank of corresponding NL ZD filters (404, 408, 506).
  • the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) comprises a predictive filter, such as first NL Kalman filter;
  • the NL bias filter/ code-phase bias filter 512 comprises a NL
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 is configured to determine whether to operate in a first narrow- lane filtering mode with a corresponding first limited deviation (e.g., first NL threshold) of a next narrow- lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch with respect to a previous mean of the NL bias from a series of previous successive epochs, or a second narrow-lane filtering mode with a corresponding second limited deviation (e.g., second NL threshold) of a next narrow-lane bias correction for the given satellite for the next epoch, or a transient period thereafter, with respect to the previous mean that is greater than (outside a limit of) the first limited deviation (e.g., first NL threshold) for each corresponding satellite.
  • a first limited deviation e.g., first NL threshold
  • the supplemental NL bias filter/code -phase filter (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center) is configured to determine a derived metric (7M,) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase bias residuals) and their variance.
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase filter is configured to provide to the NL ZD filter, a second NL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch to transition from the first NL filtering mode to the second NL filtering mode) to replace the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise and where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • determining, the supplemental NL bias filter/code -phase filter is configured to derive metric (T NL ) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase bias residuals) and their variance.
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase filter is configured to provide to the NL ZD filter, a first NL tuned dynamic noise (as the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • the NL filtering system comprises a pair of main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) and a NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 for each corresponding satellite.
  • the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) comprises a predictive filter, such as first NL Kalman filter;
  • the NL bias filter/ code-phase bias filter 512 comprises a predictive filter, such as a second NL Kalman filter.
  • the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) is coupled to the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 for communication of states or data.
  • the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) or first Kalman filter provides RC NL code residuals for a respective satellite to the NL bias filter/code- phase filter for the respective satellite.
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase filter provides the dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise, second NL tuned dynamic noise, first NL tuned dynamic noise range, or second NL tuned dynamic noise range) for NL bias.
  • the NL bias filter/code phase filter can determine the contents of the correction signal based on the NL bias/filter code phase filter's evaluation of the refraction- corrected (RC) code-phase residuals.
  • one or more GNSS constellations such as GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, BEIDOU and QZSS, can be integrated in one predictive fdter (e.g., Kalman filter) related to updating and managing the narrow-lane float ambiguity variance -covariance matrix.
  • one predictive fdter e.g., Kalman filter
  • the float ambiguity variance- covariance matrix update shall include receiver bias update for each GNSS constellation as set forth below: where: is the residual satellite RC NL bias for the current epoch, current measurement interval, or current update of the predictive filter; is the residual satellite RC NL bias for the previous epoch, previous measurement interval, or previous update of the predictive filter; is the dynamic noise for NL receiver bias; and Atn-l,n is the measurement time or sampling interval of the previous epoch, previous measurement interval, or previous update of the predictive filter.
  • the satellite NL bias variance is also updated as follows:
  • the dynamic noise for satellite NL bias supports reliable and accurate estimation of the satellite NL bias further, the dynamic noise also has a significant impact on GNSS receiver navigation performance. If the dynamic noise is estimated (e.g., or set) to be too large, the rapid change of NL satellite bias, which includes both code and phase bias, can be reflected in the estimation. However, the NL bias accuracy could be degraded; hence, may be susceptible to degraded GNSS receiver navigation performance.
  • the dynamic noise is estimated to be (e.g., or set) too be too small, the estimated NL bias could be improperly biased, which would not reflect rapid change of satellite transmit power or fading, such as caused by GPS flex power of carrier signals further, the RC NL code may diverge from the true steady-state values in the GNSS receiver after initialization and resolution of the NL ambiguities.
  • a bank of one-dimensional filters which include one filter for each satellite can be configured to support adaptive estimation of satellite narrow-lane bias.
  • the residual refraction-corrected (RC) code-phase biases for any corresponding satellite exhibits a high degree of temporal correlation for short time spans.
  • the RC code-phase biases for a respective satellite can be represented as a function of time for short periods of up to a few minutes.
  • the same or similar assumptions support a Gauss Markov process for the systematic bias as following equations (55-56).
  • B t and Q g t are the residual satellite RC code-phase bias and its variance
  • t and are the measurement time and interval of sampling respectively is dynamic noise for RC code-phase bias.
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 determines the following derived metric or test statistic (T or TNL) to determine whether the dynamic noise of the narrow lane bias ⁇ indicates augmentation of the correction signal with code-phase bias data for any respective satellite, or transmission or broadcast of such augmented signal to GNSS mobile receivers or rovers with correction service subscription:
  • post-fit RC NL code residuals e.g., a component of in A15, A16 or residuals in C34
  • a set or cluster of reference receivers e.g., all reference receivers
  • the NL filtering system e.g., NL bias/code -phase bias filter 512
  • the RC code-phase bias should be close to or approach zero in normal case in equation 55.
  • the default dynamic noise of the code-phase bias or RC code phase bias could be set dynamic noise values such as (e.g., approximately watts or 50,000,000 picowatts), which is typically larger than the dynamic noise (e.g., of approximately watts or 100,000 picowatts) for narrow-lane bias
  • the dynamic noise may be provided in the units of watts or dBm (decibel milliwatts).
  • the dynamic noise may be modeled as white noise with a Guassian distribution.
  • phase-code bias the derived metric or test statistic can be used to decide data processing and computer resource allocation related to any of the following phase-code bias correction parameters: (1) to determine phase-code bias for one or more respective satellites, (2) to determine phase- code bias or differential phase code bias for corresponding course acquisition code (C/A), PN code, P(Y) code, P(l) or P(2) that modulate on or more carriers signals of one or more respective satellites, (3) to incorporate phase-code bias data into the correction signal, and (4) to broadcast the phase-code bias data.
  • phase-code bias correction parameters are not transmitted with the correction signal in a primary mode and transmitted to the correction signal in the secondary mode.
  • NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., T N L) in equation 57 is less than a threshold of dynamic noise (e.g., approximately watts), the residual RC NL code-phase bias for a corresponding satellite is not significant, and it confirms that the previous dynamic noise qg (e.g., approximately watts) is set properly; hence, the NL bias filtering system 507 (e.g., Kalman filter) or NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) can remain in the primary mode, in which the above phase-code bias correction parameters are not transmitted to rover or mobile GNSS stations that subscribe the correction service.
  • T derived metric or test statistic
  • a threshold of dynamic noise e.g., approximately watts
  • the residual satellite RC NL code bias is not incorporated into the correction signal.
  • not determining the code-phase bias or code-phase bias correction parameters can reduce data processing requirements, energy consumption and the required wireless bandwidth (e.g., satellite bandwidth) to transmit correction signals from a ground station to a communications satellite that repeats or retransmits the signals to rovers or mobile GNSS receivers that subscribe to a satellite correction service.
  • the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 determines the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) is greater than the specified threshold, the residual RC code-phase bias is significant; hence, it indicates that the dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5e 5 watts) is set too small and is required to increase consistent with the secondary mode.
  • TNL the derived metric or test statistic
  • the inflated scale could set be as T 2 (e.g., or bounded by a limit of 100 times the original scale) to allow the code- phase bias (e.g., or RC code-phase bias) to fluctuate with a greater deviation or limit (e.g., typically measured in meters) from its mean code-phase vias (e.g., RC code-phase bias) over one or more epochs.
  • the increase in the dynamic noise can be bounded with certain range such that the next dynamic noise could equal the previous dynamic noise multiplied by a suitable multiplier (e.g., 100) that is characteristic of the operational environment of the carrier signals and encoded modulation, such as any C/A and/or PN codes that modulate each carrier signal.
  • the residual satellite RC code-phase bias in equation 55 from clock solution will be broadcast out with orbit, clock and WL/NL bias and are used by the rover as known parameters to help positioning and navigation in real time.
  • the equation 57 is used to adaptively increase dynamic noise for the satellite narrow-lane bias state in orbit and clock solution. It also decides whether satellite code-phase bias are broadcast or not.
  • a first WL filter comprises a main WL ZD filter (400, 501) for a corresponding satellite and a second WL filter comprises a supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter) for the corresponding satellite.
  • a supplemental WL bias predictive filter e.g., residual WL bias filter
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) e.g., residual WL bias filter
  • the WL ZD filter (400, 501) determines the operational dynamic noise level or range of the WL ZD filter (400, 501) or whether the WL ZD filter (400, 501) operates in a first filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode or in a second filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL bias filtering mode).
  • the WL ZD filter (400, 501) and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) each comprise a Kalman filter.
  • a bank of first WL ZD filters (400, 501) and supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) are configured such that a pair of WL ZD filter (400, 501) and supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filters) are available for each respective satellite.
  • a first NL filter comprises NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) for a corresponding satellite and a second NL filter comprises a NL bias filter/code-phase filter (e.g., refraction corrected code residual NL bias filter) for the corresponding satellite.
  • the NL bias filter/code-phase filter determines the dynamic noise level, constraint or parameter for the NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) or whether the NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) operates in a first NL filtering mode (e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode) or in a second NL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant NL bias filtering mode).
  • both the NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) and the NL bias/code -phase filter each comprise Kalman filters.
  • a bank of first NL filters and second NL filters are configured such that a pair of a NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) and a NL bias filter/code-phase filter are available for each respective satellite.
  • the NL bias filter/code-phase filter monitors or evaluates the code- phase residuals that are provided by the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) to the NL bias filter/code- phase filter (e.g., RC code residual NL filter). Further, the RC code residual filter can provide code-phase bias information to be incorporated or available for incorporation into the correction signal or correction data message for broadcast or wireless transmission the subscribers of mobile or rover GNSS receivers.
  • Wide lane or wide-lane carrier phase refers the combination or difference of carrier phase measurements of LI and L2 signals, where the wide-lane wavelength results from the subtraction of the LI and L2 carriers.
  • An alternate wide-lane carrier phase may refer to the combination of L2 and L5 carrier phase signals, instead of the conventional wide-lane carrier phase of the LI and L2 signals.
  • the narrow lane or narrow-lane refers to the combination or sum of carrier phase measurements of the LI and L2 signals, where the narrow-land wavelength results from the addition of the LI and L2 carriers.
  • An alternate narrow-lane carrier phase may refer to the combination of L2 and L5 carrier phase signals, instead of the conventional narrow-lane carrier phase of the LI and L2 signals.
  • Differential code bias includes any of the following: (1) a difference between pairs of code phases of the PI and P2 carrier signals for a respective satellite or set of satellites of one more GNSS systems (e.g., GPS PI- GPS P2; GLONASS Pl-GLONASS P2) for common epochs or sampling intervals; (2) a difference between pairs of PI carrier and L1C1 carrier signals for a respective satellite or set of satellites of one or more GNSS systems (e.g., GPS PI - GPS L1C1 or PI - Cl) for common epochs or sampling intervals; (3) a difference between pairs of code phases of the P2 carrier and L2C carrier signals for a respective satellite or set of satellites (e.g., GPS P2 - GPS L2C1 or P2-C1) of one or more GNSS systems for common epochs or sampling intervals.
  • GNSS systems e.g., GPS PI- GPS P2; GLONASS Pl-GLONAS
  • PI means the pseudo random noise code or P(Y) code on the LI carrier
  • P2 means the pseudo random noise code P(Y) code on the L2 carrier
  • Cl means the course- acquisition code (C/A) code of the LI carrier.
  • the baseband/IF processing module, the measurement module, or the code phase measurement module can support or facilitate determination of phase-code bias or differential code bias.
  • the received signal -to-noise ratios of any of the LI, L2 and L5 carrier signals of respective particular satellite can be used to detect whether that particular satellite employs flex power to redistribute energy or transmit power between or among different signal components to increase immunity to interference or protect against jamming.
  • the L1(P(Y)) and L2(P(Y)) signal components may have increases signal power that results in a corresponding decrease in the LI (CA) or LI carrier course acquisition code power.
  • the baseband/IF processing module, the measurement module or the carrier phase measurement module can support of facilitate the estimation of signal-to- noise ratios of one or more carrier signals.
  • the Pl-Cl or P1-P2 differential code biases can be used to determine clock estimates (and orbit estimates) that are consistent with ionosphere-free linear combination of code observations provided by cross-correlation receiver.
  • electronic data processor of the data processing center can use steps, shifts or discontinuities in the observed differential code bias alone, or together with steps, shifts, discontinuities or other rapid changes to the signal-to-noise ratio of certain carrier satellite signals (e.g.,
  • L2 (Y) or L5 P(Y)) reported by one or more reference receivers to detect potential discontinuities or required changes in the WL bias corrections or NL bias corrections. For example, as reported by one or more reference receivers, for any given satellite if the changes in the signal-to-noise ratio of the carrier signal exceeds a threshold change in signal-to-noise ratio, or if the changes in the differential code bias exceeds a threshold change in the differential code bias, or if both thresholds are exceeded, then in a time- variant WL bias mode the WL filter may adjust the WL filter bias that is provided for such satellite in the correction signal (e.g., in accordance with time-variant WL bias constraints of a Kalman filter) and in a time-variant NL bias mode the NL filter may adjust the NL filter bias the is provided for such satellite in the correction signal (e.g., in accordance with time-variant NL bias constraints of a Kalman filter).
  • the WL filter may only allow lesser deviation, range or variation in the average or mean WL bias (e.g., in accordance with slowly varying WL bias constraints of a Kalman filter).
  • the NL filter may only allow a lesser deviation, range or variation in the average or mean WL bias (e.g., in accordance with slowly varying NL bias constraints of a Kalman filter).
  • a position estimator or an ambiguity resolution engine estimates a wide-lane carrier phase ambiguity by determining the double-differenced wide-lane combination of the LI and L2 carrier phase measurements of a reference station and a mobile receiver.
  • the double differenced wide-lane carrier phase combination is generally associated a double -differenced residual.
  • the double differenced wide- lane carrier phase is differenced with the double-differenced narrow-lane code phase combination to determine a wide-lane ambiguity residual.
  • the wide-lane ambiguity residual can be averaged over time to provide resolve or provide an estimate of the wide-lane integer ambiguity.
  • the wide-lane integer ambiguity can be resolved through statistical analysis of the average (e.g., mean) of the RMS error in the double-differenced residual, where a reference noise covariance for code and carrier phase is provided (e.g., from a look-up table or a data storage device). After resolving the ambiguity, the double- differenced carrier phase measurements can be used to estimate a relative range or vector measurement between the reference station and the mobile receiver.
  • a reference noise covariance for code and carrier phase e.g., from a look-up table or a data storage device.
  • a predictive filter e.g., Kalman filter
  • relative position estimator can apply least-squares estimation technique or similar search algorithm is applied to the relative range or vector measurements to determine the relative positions of the mobile receiver with respect to the reference station or other reference coordinates, where such estimation can further be adjusted for refraction correction and atmospheric propagation.
  • Banks of WL filters comprise pairs of WL Zero Difference filter and a supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) for each satellite.
  • each WL ZD filter (400, 501) is associated with a different corresponding satellite.
  • Each WL ZD filter (400, 501) is coupled to a corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504).
  • the WL ZD filter (400, 501) provides or outputs the WL bias associated with ambiguity resolution of the WL ambiguities for a respective satellite.
  • the WL ZD filter (400, 501) provides or outputs satellite WL bias residuals to the corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for a respective satellite.
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) provides satellite the estimated dynamic noise of a WL bias for a corresponding satellite to the WL ZD filter (400, 501).
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) comprises a predictive filter such as a Kalman filter.
  • the NL bias filter/code phase bias filter may comprise a predictive filter such as a Kalman filter.
  • a Kalman filter generally uses summation of signals, delay and feedback to process measurement samples (e.g., WL residuals and/or RC code residuals) and to allow for noise and uncertainty.
  • the Kalman filter receives measurement samples of satellite WL bias and satellite WL residuals and outputs the estimated dynamic noise of the satellite WL bias for a respective satellite (e.g., with a known satellite type and known satellite identifier).
  • the WL bias filter or Kalman filter is configured: to generate or adjust the WL bias for a respective satellite in a correction signal to be in the time-variant WL mode that is subject to time- variant WL constraints, parameters and corresponding states or in the conventional WL mode that is subject to conventional WL constraints, parameters and corresponding states for a slowly varying WL bias.
  • the Kalman filter may enable or activate the first WL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL filtering mode, for a time period or a series of epochs) based on one or more of the following factors: (1) evaluation of a derived metric, which is based on WL residuals (e.g., WL bias residuals and/or WL ambiguity residuals) and its variance for each satellite, with respect to a dynamic noise threshold; (2) detection of discontinuities or rate of change per unit time in signal-to-noise ratio of one or more carriers of the GNSS system; (3) detection of discontinuities or rate of change per unit time in code bias or differential code bias of one or more encoded signals (e.g., PN signal modulating a carrier or course acquisition code modulating a carrier).
  • a derived metric which is based on WL residuals (e.g., WL bias residuals and/or WL ambiguity residuals) and its variance for each satellite, with respect to a dynamic noise threshold
  • Dynamic noise in the determined or estimated WL bias for each respective satellite is based on one or more of the following: (a) measurement noise in the estimated WL bias observed by the WL bias filter or Kalman filter, (b) variation, range or limit of the WL bias about its average (mean) over one or more epochs or GNSS time over an extended time period, (c) variation, range or limit of the WL (mean) over one or more epochs or GNSS time over an extended period, where the distortion in observed WL bias measurements during rising or setting of a satellite from view of the reference receiver is eliminated, adjusted or compensated to avoid such distortion that would otherwise result from atmospheric propagation delays.
  • An epoch is a measurement time interval of the GNSS system, such as a time interval between sampling of phase measurements of the carrier phase signals or the code phase.
  • Each WL filtering system can provide or estimate dynamic noise of a corresponding WL bias for a respective satellite.
  • the estimated dynamic noise of the WL bias filter can replace a default dynamic noise or a reference dynamic noise that is stored in the WL bias filter, the WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., which comprises a residual WL bias filter), or a data storage device of the receiver.
  • the default dynamic noise may be based on empirical measurements, historical measurements, or the last measurement of the WL bias filter that was stored prior to turning off the receiver.
  • the default dynamic noise is selected to be aligned with the typical dynamic noise associated with operating in the conventional WL bias filtering mode, such as the first WL tuned dynamic noise.
  • the default dynamic noise may be based on a noise temperature or average operating noise temperature for a satellite system comprising a pair of a particular satellite and corresponding receiver at each carrier frequency to estimate the first WL tuned dynamic noise, where the noise temperature or average operating noise temperature depends upon noise contributions from background noise, atmospheric noise and receiver front-end noise.
  • the WL filter or Kalman filter provides the default dynamic noise or an estimated dynamic noise to the WL ZD filter (400, 501).
  • the WL filtering system or WL ZD filter (400, 501) can decrease, increase or adjust the weight ofWL bias that is estimated for one or more corresponding epochs (and otherwise headed for incorporation into the correction signal) to determine or limit an average or mean of the WL bias over time (e.g., over sequence of successive epochs) for a corresponding satellite based on the applicable dynamic noise for the conventional WL bias filtering mode, estimated dynamic noise for the time-variant bias filtering mode, or both.
  • the WL filter or WL ZD filter (400, 501) can determine an associated respective limit, range, maximum limit, maximum range, or maximum variance of an average or mean of the WL bias for a corresponding satellite that is associated with the default dynamic noise or a lower level of dynamic noise.
  • the associated WL residuals in the WL ambiguities can form a parameter or indicator for adjustment of maximum range or maximum limit in the dynamic noise, such that WL bias above or below the maximum range or maximum limit is rejected for estimation of the average or mean of the WL bias in the WL ZD filter (400, 501).
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 may apply Kalman constraints in the associated limit, lower limit, upper limit, maximum limit, maximum range or maximum variance of the average or mean of the WL bias to reject the determined or estimated WL bias that exceeds the limit, range or variance for purposes of determining the average or mean of the WL bias of a respective satellite for each epoch or corresponding time period. Therefore, the dynamic noise can be applied to enhance the accuracy of the WL bias of a respective satellite for each epoch or corresponding time period.
  • a WL bias for corresponding satellite may be modeled as a constant WL bias that varies slowly over time for some epochs where discontinuities in the WL bias do not occur, or in the conventional WL bias mode.
  • the WL bias for a particular satellite may be modeled as a constant WL bias that varies slowly over time (E.g., WL bias varies within .1 to .2 cycles at WL frequency) for some epochs if the particular satellite does not support (e.g., dynamic) transmit power adjustment of the LI or L2C carrier signals to compensate for interference.
  • the particular satellite may have WL bias discontinuities or a change in WL bias per unit time that exceeds a threshold rate of change in WL bias per unit time because of switching of different signal paths, satellite transmitters or thermal variation within the hardware portions of any satellite.
  • the WL bias filter and supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) e.g., residual WL bias filter
  • the WL bias is modeled as a time-varying WL bias (e.g., varying up to approximately .3 to .5 cycles, inclusive, at WL frequency or wavelength), at least for transient intervals of one or more epochs, such as when the transmit power of a satellite is adjusted because of interference, switching to a redundant transmitter of satellite (e.g., with different hardware or thermal characteristics), or changing a signal path associated with a transmit antenna, or antenna array, of the satellite.
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) e.g., residual WL bias filter
  • FIG. 16A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits an LI (P(Y) signal 904 encoded with pseudo-random noise code (PN) and LI CA signal 903 encoded with a coarse-acquisition code, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • the signal -to-noise ratio 901 (e.g., in decibels) is shown on the vertical axis.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio 901 may be expressed as a carrier-signal- to-noise ratio, for instance.
  • Time 902 (e.g., in 24 hour time increments and days) is indicated along the horizontal axis.
  • FIG. 16B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN and L2C signal 905 on a common time axis 902, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • FIG. 17A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits LI (P(Y) 904 or L2 P(Y) 906 signal encoded with PN and the LI CA signal 903 encoded with the course-acquisition code on a common time axis 902, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • LI P(Y) 904 or L2 P(Y) 906 signal encoded with PN and the LI CA signal 903 encoded with the course-acquisition code on a common time axis 902, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • FIG. 17B is chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits the L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN and the L2C signal 905, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • FIG. 18A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits LI (P(Y) signal 904 or L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN and the LI CA signal 903 encoded with the course-acquisition code, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • LI P(Y) signal 904 or L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN
  • LI CA signal 903 encoded with the course-acquisition code
  • FIG. 18B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits the L2 P(Y) 906 encoded with PN and the L2C 905 signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
  • FIG. 19A is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias 910 for the PI signal versus L1CA signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals overtime 912.
  • the vertical axis illustrates the differential code bias 910 (e.g., in meters) and the horizontal axis indicates the time 912 on a military or 24 hour clock format.
  • One illustrative example of estimated differential code bias 911 is shown in the solid line, while the raw differential code bias measurements 914 are shown as the points or dotted regions.
  • FIG. 19B is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias 916 for the P2 signal versus L2C signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals overtime 912.
  • the vertical axis illustrates the differential code bias 910 (e.g., in meters) and the horizontal axis indicates the time 912 on a military or 24 hour clock format.
  • estimated differential code bias 911 is shown in the solid line, while the raw differential code bias measurements 916 are shown as the points or dotted regions.
  • FIG. 20A illustrates the WL bias estimate 920 versus time for a WL fdtering system that is operating in a first WL filtering mode.
  • the vertical axis shows the WL bias 917 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the WL frequency). Meanwhile, the horizontal axis shows time 919 in days.
  • FIG. 20B illustrates the WL bias 923 (e.g., WL bias estimate) versus time 919 and the WL residual 921 versus time 919 for a WL filtering system that is operating in a second WL filtering mode. Similar to FIG. 13A, on the vertical axis FIG. 13B shows the WL bias 917 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the WL frequency). Note the spikes 922 (e.g., WL residual spikes or WL transient peaks) in the WL residual 921, which coincide with relatively rapid deviations (and corresponding nearly vertical slope as illustrated, at least for the time scale of FIG. 13B) in the WL bias 923 (e.g., WL bias estimate).
  • the spikes 922 e.g., WL residual spikes or WL transient peaks
  • FIG. 21A illustrates the NL bias 918 versus time 919 for a NL filtering system (e.g., 507) that is operating in the first NL filtering mode.
  • the vertical axis shows the NL bias 918 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency). Meanwhile, the horizontal axis shows time 919 in days.
  • the estimated NL bias 930 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency or its corresponding NL wavelength) is illustrated over a time period of two days, for example.
  • FIG. 2 IB illustrates the NL bias 932 versus time 934 and the code-phase bias 932 versus time 934 for the NL filtering system (e.g., 507) that is operating in the second NL filtering mode. Similar to FIG. 14A, on the vertical axis FIG. 14B shows the NL bias 932 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency) and code-phase bias (e.g., in meters).
  • the NL bias 932 e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency
  • code-phase bias e.g., in meters
  • the code-phase bias 937 may provide a leading indicator (e.g., temporally leading indicator) or leading correlation/co-variance for coincident or later epochs that follow earlier changes in code-phase bias 937 with accompanying later changes in the estimated NL bias 935.
  • the estimated NL bias e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency or its corresponding NL wavelength
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 may estimate the WL filter bias to fall within a limit or constraints based on the following Kalman filter states, factors and constraints: (1) one or more prior satellite WL biases during a sampling period, such as a lowest satellite WL bias value or highest WL bias value within a range of satellite WL biases during the sampling period, (2) a series of most recent WL bias values preceding a current WL bias value, (3) an average, mode, median, probability density function and/or mean of prior satellite WL bias during a sampling period of one or more epochs, (4) a difference, limit, upper limit, lower limit, maximum deviation, or maximum range between an estimated satellite WL bias and the last prior satellite WL bias, or the average or mean of prior satellite WL biases during a sampling period, (5) a maximum rate of change from an average or mean satellite WL bias or
  • the WL bias filtering system 505 may be constrained to a compensated WL bias or smoothed WL bias estimates that comprises a series interconnected and continuous polynomial segments (e.g., with maximum slope constraints or maximum curve constraints consistent with a historical record or (artificial intelligence) training of transient conditions associated with previous power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
  • a compensated WL bias or smoothed WL bias estimates that comprises a series interconnected and continuous polynomial segments (e.g., with maximum slope constraints or maximum curve constraints consistent with a historical record or (artificial intelligence) training of transient conditions associated with previous power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
  • the WL bias filtering system 50 may adjust or estimate a compensated WL bias (e.g., for transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes) by reducing, increasing, capping, limiting or fixing the maximum rate of change per unit time of the observed WL bias for some time period (e.g., or number of epochs) after a discontinuity in the residual WL bias, is detected alone, or together in conjunction with one or more coextensive factors, such as temporally aligned discontinuity in carrier phase measurements at one or more reference receivers 130 that provide reference phase measurements to the data processing center 118.
  • a compensated WL bias e.g., for transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 may estimate the NL filter bias to fall within a limit or constraints based on the following Kalman filter states, factors and constraints: (1) one or more prior satellite NL biases during a sampling period, such as a lowest NL bias value or highest NL bias value within a range of NL biases during the sampling period, (2) a series of most recent satellite NL bias values preceding a current satellite NL bias value, (3) an average, mode, median, probability density function, and/or mean of prior satellite NL bias during a sampling period of one or more epochs, (4) a difference, limit, upper limit, lower limit, maximum deviation, or maximum range between an estimated satellite NL bias and the last prior satellite NL bias, or the average or mean of prior satellite NL biases during a sampling period, (5) a maximum rate of change from an average or mean satellite NL bias or a last satellite NL bias, and/or (6)
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 may be constrained to a compensated NL bias or smoothed NL bias estimates that comprises a series interconnected and continuous polynomial segments (e.g., with maximum slope constraints or maximum curve constraints consistent with a historical record or (artificial intelligence) training of transient conditions associated with previous power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
  • a compensated NL bias or smoothed NL bias estimates that comprises a series interconnected and continuous polynomial segments (e.g., with maximum slope constraints or maximum curve constraints consistent with a historical record or (artificial intelligence) training of transient conditions associated with previous power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
  • the NL bias filtering system 507 may adjust or estimate a compensated NL bias (e.g., for transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes) by reducing, increasing, capping, limiting or fixing the maximum rate of change per unit time of the observed NL bias for some time period (e.g., or number of epochs) after a discontinuity in the residual NL bias, is detected alone, or together in conjunction with one or more coextensive factors, such as temporally aligned discontinuity in carrier phase measurements at one or more reference receivers 130 that provide reference phase measurements to the data processing center 118.
  • a compensated NL bias e.g., for transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes
  • the electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118, or the clock solution module 44 is adapted to determining one or more quality indicators indicating the quality of GNSS satellite orbit solution, satellite clock, satellite wide-lane bias, and narrow-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where:
  • N sat is the number of satellites used
  • N re f is the number of reference sites used
  • Qi (Narrow Lane bias quality value) can be one of the following:
  • the electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118, or the clock solution module 44 (e.g., orbit/clock satellite bias quality module), or the correction manager 40 is configured to incorporate one or more of quality indicators into the correction signal for corresponding satellites.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates flow chart for one embodiment (e.g., first embodiment) of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal.
  • the method starts in step S820 and comprises an improvement to providing a global satellite correction signal.
  • step S820 the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement pre-processing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501) determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and corresponding a time- variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter 504 for each satellite.
  • the electronic data processor e.g., 20
  • measurement pre-processing module 36 e.g., 20
  • filters 400, 37, 501
  • the electronic data processor determines the time-variant wide-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where is satellite wi de-lane bias (one per satellite for all receivers), is LI satellite code bias, is L2 satellite code bias, is L 1 satellite phase bias, is L2 satellite phase bias, is the LI frequency, f is the L2 frequency, and where both satellite and receiver wide-lane biases are not constant over time.
  • the time-variant wide lane bias can include an additional wide-lane inter-frequency bias for a corresponding satellite and receiver; particularly for the GLONASS GNSS constellation.
  • the electronic data processor determines the WL bias by setting or establishing a tuned dynamic noise for satellite WL bias, of each corresponding satellite, applicable to a first bank of WL ZD filters as follows: inputting post-fit, wide-lane residuals, of corresponding satellites to a second bank of supplemental WL bias predictive filters that comprise WL Kalman filters; determining for each satellite in ones of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters, a variance, Q , of the inputted wide-lane bias residuals at a corresponding measurement time (t); and estimating a second variance or next variance, associated with a sampling time (t+1) after the measurement time based on tuned dynamic noise, consistent with a dynamic noise constraint (separately and independently determined for the WL Kalman filter for a respective satellite) defined by T (TWL).
  • TWL dynamic noise constraint
  • the electronic data processor determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code-phase bias filters) 512 for each satellite.
  • the electronic data processor determines the time-variant narrow-lane code bias, , in accordance with the following: where, P is the narrow-lane LI code bias for receiver r and satellite s, is the narrow-lane L2 code bias for receiver r and satellite s, f is the L1 frequency, is the L2 frequency, represents the common terms for any given frequency, L is receiver r narrow-lane lane code bias (one per receiver and constellation for all visible satellites), is satellite s narrow-lane lane code bias, and are errors in the refraction-corrected, narrow-lane code bias, such as unmodeled errors.
  • the electronic data processor determines the NL bias by setting or establishing a tuned dynamic noise for satellite NL bias, , or satellite RC code-phase bias of each corresponding satellite, applicable to a first bank of NL ZD filters as follows: inputting refraction corrected code (NL) residuals, of corresponding satellites to a second bank of NL bias filters/code-phase filters that comprise NL Kalman filters; determining for each satellite in ones of the NL bias filters/code-phase filters, a variance, , of the inputted narrow-lane bias residuals at a corresponding measurement time (t); and estimating a second variance or next variance, associated with a sampling time (t+1) after the measurement time based on tuned NL dynamic noise consistent with a dynamic noise constraint (separately and independently determined for the NL Kalman filter for a respective satellite)
  • step S824 the low latency clock module 52, a correction manager 40, or an electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118 provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias.
  • Step S824 may be conducted in accordance with various procedures that may be applied separately or cumulatively.
  • the low latency clock module 52, a correction manager 40, or an electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center (18, 118) determines one or more quality indicators indicating the quality of GNSS satellite orbit solution, satellite clock, satellite wide-lane bias, and narrow-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where:
  • N sat is the number of satellites used
  • N ref is the number of reference sites used
  • Qt (Narrow Lane bias quality value) can be one of the following:
  • the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the quality indicators into the correction signal for one or more epochs or sampling intervals.
  • the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the correction signal, alone or together with code-phase bias data or code bias data to compensate for one or more of the following conditions or states: (1) a first state where the time-variant wide-lane bias results from observed changes in in received signal-to-noise ratio or carrier-to-noise density ratio of an encoded LI C/A or L2C (or L2C or L5) satellite signal of the satellite transmitter; (2) a second state where the time-variant narrow-lane bias results from observed changes in received signal-to-noise ratio or carrier-to-noise density ratio of an encoded LI C/A or L2C (or L2C or L5) satellite signal of the satellite transmitter; and (3) a third state where the time variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane
  • step S824 is replaced with step S825 in FIG. 23.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 23, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • step S825 the low latency clock module 52, a correction manager 40, or an electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118 provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias, and code bias (or code-phase bias) for one or more epochs and for each satellite (of a respective GNSS constellation) within reception range of the mobile receiver 12.
  • the code bias (of the pseudo-random noise code the encodes any carrier of a GNSS signal component) is or can be correlated to the phase bias (e.g., satellite clock bias components) of the corresponding carrier phase of the GNSS signal component, such as phase bias owing to or related to the flex power or changes in transmit power of the corresponding carrier phase of the GNSS signal component; hence, the term code-phase bias can be used to indicate such correlation throughout this disclosure.
  • step S825 can be substituted for step S824 in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • step S820 is replaced with step S821 in FIG. 24.
  • step S820 is replaced with step S821 in FIG. 24.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 24, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • the electronic data processor determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and corresponding a time- variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter 504 for each satellite: (A) where a wide-lane zero difference filter provides wide-lane residuals to the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for a given satellite; and (B) where the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter provides the tuned dynamic noise (e.g., refined, tuned dynamic noise) based on the provided wide-lane residuals for the respective satellite to the wide-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
  • the tuned dynamic noise e.g., refined, tuned dynamic noise
  • step S821 can be substituted for step S820 in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • step S821 the determining of the wide-lane fixed ambiguities and wide lane bias per satellite comprises:
  • (C) providing, by the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter (e.g., 504), the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided wide-lane residuals for the respective satellite to the wide-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite, wherein the pair of the WL ZD filter 501 and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (e.g., 504) for a given satellite comprise software instructions and/or Kalman filter logic structures associated with a pre-processing module 36 within the data processing center.
  • the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter e.g., 504
  • step S822 is replaced with step S823 in FIG. 25.
  • step S823 is replaced with step S823 in FIG. 25.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 25, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • the electronic data processor determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code-phase bias filter(s) 512 for each satellite: (A) where a narrow-lane, zero-difference filter provides refraction-corrected code residuals to the corresponding narrow-lane filter/code-bias filter for a given satellite; and (B) where the narrow-lane filter/code bias filter provides the tuned dynamic noise (e.g., refined tuned dynamic noise) based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
  • the narrow-lane filter/code bias filter provides the tuned dynamic noise (e.g., refined tuned dynamic noise) based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
  • step S823 can be substituted for step S822 in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • step S823 the determining of the narrow-lane fixed ambiguities and narrow-lane bias per satellite comprises:
  • the narrow-lane fdter/code bias fdter e.g., 512
  • the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference fdter for the given satellite
  • the pair of the NL ZD fdter 506 and the narrow-lane bias fdter/code bias fdter for each satellite (e.g., the supplemental NL bias predictive fdter 512) for a given satellite comprise software instructions and/or Kalman fdter logic structures associated with an orbit solution module 38 or clock solution module 44 within the data processing center.
  • FIG. 26 The embodiment of the method of FIG. 26 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S826 is added in FIG. 26.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 26, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • step S826 the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement pre-processing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501, 504) determine whether to operate in a first wide-lane (WL) filtering mode or a second WL filtering mode) for a next wide lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch (or a transient period thereafter): (A) where the first WL filtering mode (of one or more of WL filters 400, 501, 504) is within a corresponding first WL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation) with respect to a previous mean of the WL bias from a series of previous successive epochs (prior to the next epoch), or (B) where the second WL filtering mode (of one or more of WL filters 400, 501, 504) has a corresponding second WL threshold (e.g., second limited deviation) with respect to the previous mean that is greater than the first WL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation)
  • step S826 can be added in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 The embodiment of the method of FIG. 27 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S828 is added in FIG. 27.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 27, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • step S828, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20); orbit solution module 38, or its filters (404, 39, 506); or the clock solution module 44, or its filters (408, 43, 506, 512) determine whether to operate in a first narrow-lane (NL) filtering mode or a second NL filtering mode) for a next narrow-lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch (or a transient period thereafter): (A) where the first NL filtering mode (of one or more NL filters 408, 43, 506, 512) is within a corresponding first NL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation) with respect to a previous mean of the NL bias from a series of previous successive epochs (prior to the next epoch), or (B) where the second NL filtering mode (of one or more NL filters 408, 43, 506, 512) has a corresponding second NL threshold (e.g., second limited deviation) with respect to the previous mean that is greater than the first
  • step S828, can be added, separately or cumulatively with step S826, in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • FIG. 28 The embodiment of the method of FIG. 28 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except steps S830 and S832 are added to FIG. 21.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 28, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • the supplemental WL bias predictive filter(s) determines, or is configured to determine, a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance.
  • one or more of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters 504 provide, or are configured to provide, to the WL ZD filter 501 , a second WL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter 501 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • steps S830 and S832 can be added in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • one or more supplemental WL bias predictive filters 504 determine, or are configured to determine, for each satellite within reception range, a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance.
  • one or more of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters 504 provide, or are configured to provide, to the WL ZD filter 501, a first WL tuned dynamic noise (as maintenance of the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter 501 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is equal to or less than the derived metric, and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • FIG. 29 The embodiment of the method of FIG. 29 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except steps S834 and S836 are added to FIG. 29.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 29, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • one or more supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase filter(s) 512 determine, or are configured to determine, a derived metric (TNL) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase bias residuals) and their variance.
  • RC code residuals or RC code-phase bias residuals may be referred to as NL residuals, individually or collectively.
  • supplemental NL bias predictive filters like Kalman filters or extended Kalman filters, may be used to implement the NL bias filter/code phase filters.
  • Step S836 may be executed in accordance with various techniques or variations, that may be applied, separately or cumulatively, and in conjunction with the step S834 referenced above.
  • one or more of the NL bias filter/code -phase filter(s) 512 provide, or are configured to provide, to the NL ZD filter 506, a second NL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter 506 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise and where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • one or more the NL bias filter/code -phase filters 512 provide, or are configured to provide, to the NL ZD filter 506, a first NL tuned dynamic noise (as the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter 506 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • one or more the NL bias filter/code-phase filters 512 provide, or are configured to provide, (e.g., to the NL ZD filter 506, to the low-latency clock module, or to the correction module 52) a code-phase bias (e.g., refraction-corrected code-phase bias) for incorporation into (or augmentation of) the correction signal if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • a code-phase bias e.g., refraction-corrected code-phase bias
  • wireless bandwidth or satellite channel bandwidth can be conserved, such as for increasing the maximum wireless communications channel (e.g., physical or virtual) throughput or maximum transmission rate of other correction data.
  • one or more the NL bias filter/code-phase filters 512 provide, or optionally withhold, (or are configured to provide or optionally withhold, e.g., to the NL ZD filter 506, to the low-latency clock module, or to the correction module 52) a code-phase bias (e.g., refraction-corrected code-phase bias) that is not incorporated into the correction signal if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
  • steps S834 and S836 can be added, separately or cumulatively with steps S830 and S832, in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
  • FIG. 30 The embodiment of the method of FIG. 30 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except steps S840 and S842 are added to FIG. 30.
  • Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 30, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
  • step S840 one or more of the NL bias fdter/code -phase fdter(s) 512 determine whether an estimated refraction corrected code-phase bias meets or exceeds a code-phase bias threshold. Further, the main NL ZD fdter 506 applies satellite NL bias dynamic noise 510 associated with the code-phase bias meeting or exceeding the code-phase bias threshold to determine resolved or fixed NL ambiguities and associated NL bias and associated code bias or code-phase bias.
  • step S842 the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the refraction-corrected code bias or code-phase bias into the correction signal if the code-phase bias meets or exceeds the code-phase bias threshold.
  • step S840 and S842 can be collectively modified as follows: Firstly, in alternate step S840, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the refraction-corrected code bias into the correction signal if the code bias meets or exceeds the code bias threshold. Secondly, in alternate step S842, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the refraction-corrected code bias or code- phase bias into the correction signal if the code bias meets or exceeds the code bias threshold.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Position Fixing By Use Of Radio Waves (AREA)
  • Radar Systems Or Details Thereof (AREA)
  • Radio Relay Systems (AREA)
  • Noise Elimination (AREA)

Abstract

A first pair of a wide-lane (WL), zero-difference (ZD) bias filter and corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter determines the time -variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding received satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise (S820). A second pair of narrow-lane (NL), zero-difference (ZD) bias filter and corresponding NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter determines the time-variant NL bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise (S822). A correction signal comprises the WL ambiguities, the time-variant WL bias and the NL ambiguities and the time -variant NL bias, for each received satellite within a corresponding GNSS constellation (S824).

Description

ADAPTIVE ESTIMATION OF GNSS SATELLITE BIASES
Related Applications
This is a continuation of U.S. patent application number 17/302,572, filed May 6, 2021, which claims priority and the benefit of the filing date under 35 U.S.C. § 119 (e) based on U.S. provisional application number 63/143,921, filed January 31, 2021, and U.S. provisional application number 63/201,612, filed May 6, 2021, where the above applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this document.
Field
This disclosure relates to method and system for providing a satellite correction signal with adaptive estimation of GNSS satellite baises
Background
In certain prior art, service providers provide correction signals to end users for satellite navigation receivers via wireless signals, such as satellite wireless signals on the satellite L-band. In a GNSS constellation, each satellite clock may have a satellite clock bias or clock error that can be measured with reference to a GNSS system clock time, among other alternatives. The correction data contains corresponding clock bias or clock solutions for each satellite within view or reception range, at the mobile receiver of the end user. The satellite clock bias with a respective satellite identifier is transmitted to end users or subscribers of the satellite correction signal.
In certain prior art, some GNSS satellites are susceptible to significant code and/or phase biases changes during transient time periods because of changes in satellite transmit power, changes in satellite transmit power allocation between or among encoded components (e.g., pseudo-random noise code components and/or coarse -acquisition code components), temperature change, or switching of redundant transmitters, different antennas or different hardware signal paths within one or more satellites within any GNSS constellation of satellites. Accordingly, there is need to improve the accuracy and timeliness of code and phase biases in correction signals that are provided wirelessly to rover or mobile GNSS receivers.
Summary
According to one embodiment, a method or system for providing a global satellite differential correction signal comprises an electronic data processor of a data processing center that is configured to determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and a corresponding time-variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite. A first pair of a wide-lane (WL), zero-difference (ZD) bias filter and a corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter determines the time-variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to a tuned dynamic noise provided by the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive fdter for each satellite. The electronic data processor of a data processing center is configured to determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite. A second pair of a narrow-lane (NL), zero-difference (ZD) bias filter and a corresponding NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter determines the time-variant narrow-lane bias (e.g., refraction corrected (NL) code-phase bias) for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to another tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code-phase bias filter for each satellite. The electronic data processor of a data processing center is configured to provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias, and a code bias (e.g., code-phase bias)
In accordance with another aspect of the disclosure, to tune properly the dynamic noise for both satellite wide-lane and narrow lane bias, the first pair and second pair of filters for each satellite are developed to support adaptive estimation of satellite wide-lane bias and narrow lane bias, respectively. When satellite refraction-corrected code bias is significant, the code-phase bias can be integrated into correction signals (e.g., StarFire™ correction signals) in a timely manner through wireless channels (e.g., satellite L-band communications) or internet-capable wireless channels for civilian operations (e.g., in real-time or timely basis for control of heavy-equipment, agricultural, construction, or industrial equipment/vehicles).
Brief Description of the Drawings
FIG. 1A is a block diagram of one embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock, where the satellite correction signal is provided via a communications satellite.
FIG. IB is a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock, where the satellite correction signal is provided via a wireless communications system.
FIG. 2A is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a moderate latency.
FIG. 2B is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a lower latency than the measurements of FIG. 2A. FIG. 3 is a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock
FIG. 4 shows an illustrative example of the correction data estimator of FIG. 3 in greater detail.
FIG. 5 is a diagram that illustrates the parallel operation of slow clock process (e.g., moderate latency clock process) and the fast clock process (e.g., low latency clock process).
FIG. 6 is a flow chart of one embodiment method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock.
FIG. 7, collectively FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B, is a flow chart of another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low -latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock.
FIG. 8A provides an illustrative chart of computation time in providing slow clock solutions versus GNSS time.
FIG. 8B provides an illustrative chart of computation time in providing low latency clock solutions versus GNSS time.
FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of one embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
FIG. 10 illustrates a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
FIG. 11 shows one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
FIG. 12 shows another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
FIG. 13 shows yet another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
FIG. 14 shows still another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a warm start.
FIG. 15A is a block diagram of one embodiment of a WL filtering system.
FIG. 15B is a block diagram of one embodiment of a NL fdtering system.
FIG. 16A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an LI signal (e.g., LI P(Y) signal encoded with pseudo-random noise code (PN) and LI CA (coarse-acquisition code)), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias. FIG. 16B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an L2 signal (e.g., L2 P(Y) encoded with PN and L2C signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 17A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an LI signal (e.g., LI P(Y) or L2 P(Y) signal encoded with PN and the L1CA encoded with the course-acquisition code), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 17B is chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits the L2 signal (e.g., P(Y) encoded with PN and the L2C signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 18A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits an LI signal (e.g., LI (P(Y) or L2 P(Y) signal encoded with PN and the L1CA encoded with the course-acquisition code), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 18B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits the L2 signal (e.g., L2 P(Y) encoded with PN and the L2C signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 19A is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias for the PI signal versus L1CA signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals.
FIG. 19B is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias for the P2 signal versus L2C signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals.
FIG. 20A illustrates the WL bias versus time for a WL filtering system that is operating in a first WL filtering mode.
FIG. 20B illustrates the WL bias versus time and the WL residual versus time for a WL filtering system that is operating in a second WL filtering mode.
FIG. 21A illustrates the NL bias versus time for NL filtering system that is operating in the first NL filtering mode.
FIG. 2 IB illustrates the NL bias versus time and the code-phase bias versus time for the NL filtering system that is operating in the second NL filtering mode.
FIG. 22 is a flow chart of a first illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure. FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a second illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 24 is a flow chart of a third illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 25 is a flow chart of a fourth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 26 is a flow chart of a fifth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 27 is a flow chart of a sixth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 28 is a flow chart of a seventh illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 29 is a flow chart of a eighth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
FIG. 30 is a flow chart of a ninth illustrative embodiment of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signa, consistent with or in conjunction with any of the block diagrams referenced in the above drawings of this disclosure.
Like reference numbers in any set of two or more drawings indicate like features, methods, steps or elements.
Detailed Description of Preferred Embodiment
As used in this document, a module or estimator may refer to software, hardware, or both. If a module is realized as software, it may be stored in a data storage device 24 for processing by a data processor 20. Adapted to, configured to, or arranged to means that a module, estimator, or other device is capable of performing a function described in the specification or supporting a feature. For example, adapted to, configured to or arranged to may include a module that is programmed with software instructions that are stored in a data storage device 24 for processing by a data processor 20 to perform specific functions set forth in this document.
Approximately or about shall mean a tolerance of plus or minus twenty-five percent of any value, number or quantity unless otherwise specifically defined.
A location-determining receiver or satellite receiver (12, 30), such as a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) receiver, is capable of receiving carrier phase measurements that are subject to ambiguities, such as integer ambiguities, in the number of cycles or fractional cycles of the received satellite signal. An epoch or measurement time means a specific instant in time of a navigation satellite system or the time interval during which the mobile receiver measures the carrier phase (e.g., at a certain corresponding frequency or rate). The receiver (12, 30) determines or resolves ambiguities of carrier phase measurements to estimate accurately the precise position or coordinates of the receiver. Although the code phase (code) or pseudo-range measurements of the GNSS receiver (12, 30) are not associated with integer ambiguities in the cycles of the received satellite, code phase measurements do not provide the centimeter level position accuracy required for certain applications. As used throughout this document, ambiguities are often specific to the context of particular equations which relate to observations from one or more receivers of carrier phase signals from one or more satellites.
Accordingly, it is possible to have wide-lane (WL) ambiguities, narrow-lane (NL) ambiguities, zero- difference (ZD) ambiguities, single-difference (SD) ambiguities, double-difference (DD) ambiguities, real-time-kinematic (RTK) ambiguities, and refraction-corrected (RC) ambiguities that relate to phase measurements from one or more receivers, or one or more satellites. Further, certain ambiguities will be specific to certain modules because different modules or predictive filters (e.g., Kalman filters) within those modules to accommodate different update rates of the filters and states of the filters, and communication of data or states between the filters of different modules. In this document, any reference to ambiguity can refer to a singular ambiguity or plural ambiguities.
If the satellite navigation receiver can receive at least two frequencies, such as LI and L2 frequencies, the difference of the LI and L2 carrier phase measurements can be combined to form wide- lane (WL) measurement (e.g., with a wavelength of approximately 86.25 centimeters for GPS) and the sum of the LI and L2 carrier phase measurements can be combined to form narrow-lane (NL) measurements (e.g., with a wavelength of approximately 10.7 centimeters). The wide-lane measurements facilitate quick and efficient resolution of wide-lane integer ambiguities, whereas the narrow-lane measurements facilitate precise and accurate resolution of narrow-lane ambiguities with minimal phase noise. The refraction-corrected ambiguities compensate for the first order of atmospheric delay.
Single difference measurements (e.g., of carrier phase or code phase (code)) are generally formed with respect to one satellite, a reference receiver 30 and a rover receiver (12). Alternately, single difference measurements can be formed with respect to one receiver (reference receiver 30 or rover 12) and a pair of satellites.
In contrast, double difference measurements are generally formed with respect to two satellites, a reference receiver 30 and a rover receiver (12), or by subtracting two single -difference measurements. However, certain double -difference measurements can be formed with two single-difference measurements from the same reference receiver at two different times and associated with a pair of satellites, as will be described later in FIG. 6.
Referring to FIG. 1A, FIG. IB, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, a method or system provides a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency satellite clock estimate. An electronic data processing center 18 is arranged to collect raw phase measurements from a plurality of reference receivers 30 at known corresponding locations (e.g., three dimensional coordinates). A measurement pre-processing (MPP) module (36 in FIG. 3) or a data processor 20 of the data processing center 18 determines a wide-lane ambiguity and a respective satellite wide-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite to provide assistance or appropriate constraints for efficient or rapid resolution of narrow-lane ambiguities. An orbit solution module 38 or the data processor 20 determines satellite correction data 16 for each satellite in an orbit solution at an orbit correction rate based on the collected raw phase and code measurements and determined orbital narrow-lane ambiguity and respective orbital satellite narrow-lane bias, which can be estimated with the assistance of the determined wide-lane ambiguity and wide-lane bias. Advantageously, in on embodiment, the wide-lane ambiguity and respective wide-lane bias, determined by the measurement preprocessing module 36, can be shared and leveraged amongst one or more predictive filters (39, 43, 412) in the other modules (38, 44, 42) of the correction data estimator 34. A clock solution module 44 or data processor 20 determines a slow satellite clock correction (e.g., moderate -latency satellite clock correction) at a slow update rate (or moderate update rate) based on the satellite orbital correction data 50, the collected raw phase and code measurements, and clock narrow-lane ambiguity and respective satellite narrow-lane bias, which can be estimated with the assistance of the determined wide-lane ambiguity and wide-lane bias. A low latency clock module 42 or data processor 20 determines lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment to the slow satellite clock at a fast update rate based on freshly or recently updated measurements of the collected raw phase measurements that are more current than a plurality of previous measurements of the collected raw phase measurements used for the slow satellite clock correction to provide lower-latency clock correction data 16. In one embodiment, the fast update rate is a fixed rate that is greater than the slow update rate or orbit rate (e.g., orbital update rate). However, in an alternate embodiments, the fast update rate can be varied (dynamically) based on: (1) availability, reliability or quality (e.g., signal strength, dilution of precision, or other quality metrics) of the raw carrier phase measurements from particular satellites or reference stations, or (2) selecting a subset of the satellite measurements or reference stations as active for use to estimate correction data based on availability, reliability or quality of the raw carrier phase measurements from time to time.
The data processing center 18 incorporates the satellite orbital correction data 50 and the low- latency clock correction data 16 into the correction data 16 with global validity for the GNSS for transmission (e.g., satellite or wireless transmission) to one or more mobile receivers 12 that operate in a precise positioning mode, such as a precise point positioning (PPP) mode. For example, the data processing center 18 incorporates the satellite wide-lane bias, the satellite orbital correction data, the satellite narrow-lane bias from the slow clock solution and the low latency clock correction data into the correction data, encoded on the global satellite differential correction signal, with global validity for the GNSS transmission to one or more mobile receivers. The precise positioning mode (e.g., PPP mode) uses precise clock and orbital solutions for the received signals of the satellites, along with satellite biases, to provide precise correction data 16 that is globally valid or that does not depend on a locally valid differential data, such as real-time kinematic (RTK) correction data 16 that is locally valid, accurate for short-baselines between the reference station and the mobile station (e.g., for applications or off-road vehicles that require greater than reliable decimeter level accuracy).
In one embodiment, the orbit rate (e.g., orbital update rate) is less than (e.g., or less than or equal to) the slow update rate; an orbit zero-difference filter 404 is applied to facilitate the estimation, by the orbit narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filter), of the orbit narrow-lane ambiguity and respective narrow-lane satellite bias at the orbit update rate based on the collected raw phase measurements. In another embodiment, the fast update rate is greater than the slow update rate or the orbit rate; a clock zero-difference filter 408 can be applied to facilitate the estimation, by the clock narrow-lane estimator 43 (e.g., narrow-lane filter), of the clock narrow-lane ambiguity and respective narrow-lane satellite bias at the slow update rate based on the collected raw phase measurements.
In accordance with FIG. 1A, a system is capable of providing correction data 16, encoded in a satellite correction signal, with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock solution or precise, low-latency clock data in real-time. The final satellite clock solution comprises precise, low-latency clock data that represents an integrated solution of two simultaneous or parallel processes for estimation of GNSS satellite clock estimates: (1) a slow clock solution and (2) low-latency clock solution or intermediate low-latency solution.
The latency can be measured based on time difference between an earlier measurement time (e.g., epoch) associated with a collection of phase measurements of satellite signals at one or more reference receivers 30 and receipt of processed measurements at a later measurement time (e.g., epoch) at the mobile receiver 12 or rover. For example, FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B subdivide the above latency time difference into different time periods for additional analysis, which will be described later. Low-latency means a lower latency than a moderate latency of the slow clock solution of the clock solution module 44. The lower latency solution (e.g., of the low latency clock module 42) may be referred to as a fast clock solution (e.g., from a fast clock process), whereas the moderate latency solution (e.g., of the clock solution module 44) may be referred to as a slow clock solution (e.g., from a slow clock process). A low latency clock module 42 or data processor 20 determines lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment to the slow satellite clock based on freshly or recently updated measurements of the collected raw phase measurements that are more current than a plurality of previous measurements of the collected raw phase measurements used for the slow satellite clock correction to provide lower- latency clock correction data 16. The lower-latency clock correction data 16 refers to aggregate, smooth clock correction data, with lower-latency than the slow clock solution, that contains contributions from the lower-latency satellite clock correction data and the slow satellite clock correction data.
The low-latency clock data or low-latency clock solution can refer to either or both of the following: (1) the clock data associated with the low-latency process, or (2) the final satellite clock solution that results from an integrated solution based on the slow clock solution and the intermediate, low-latency solution. The low-latency clock data improves the accuracy of satellite clocks and reduces the latency (or increases the timeliness) of the final solution in real time, which is incorporated into correction data 16 for distribution to mobile receivers 12 or rovers.
In one embodiment, the slow clock process can utilize most or all possible measurements (e.g., carrier phase measurements from the reference data network 32 of reference receivers 30) to estimate a slow clock solution, but with a slow clock latency, slow clock delay or moderate latency (e.g., approximately 6 seconds to approximately 10 seconds) associated with: (1) the estimation, by the data processing center 18 and associated reference data network 32, of absolute satellite clocks, tropospheric bias, satellite narrow-lane bias and satellite narrow-lane ambiguity (e.g., refraction corrected narrow-lane ambiguity), or (2) the collection, by the data processing center 18 and associated reference data network 32, of raw phase measurements from the reference receivers 30, (3) both the above estimation and collection. In one embodiment, the slow clock solution is used to conduct ambiguity resolution and to estimate tropospheric bias and gradients per reference receiver to facilitate determination of a refraction correction for the clock narrow -lane ambiguity and respective narrow lane bias; the resolved ambiguities and/or estimated tropospheric bias from the slow clock process can be shared or used in the low-latency clock solution. For example, tropospheric bias can be estimated based on an a priori model and residual tropospheric bias estimation from the slow clock solution. The slow clock process supports collection and analysis of more measurements than the low-latency process to facilitate precise or absolute accuracy of clock estimates and more sophisticated slow clock models. In one embodiment, the slow clock process has greater data processing capacity or throughput requirements than the low -latency clock process, such that the computation of the slow clock solution can take approximately one to approximately two seconds, even if the data processing center 18 supports a parallel data processing environment.
Meanwhile, the low-latency clock process uses less of the measurements (e.g., carrier phase measurements from the reference data network 32) than the slow clock process and the low-latency process has a low-latency or low-latency clock delay (e.g., about one to two seconds) to collect or to collect and compute satellite clock change at a low-latency rate that is greater than the slow clock rate or moderate latency rate . The data processor 20 or the data processing center 18 integrates low-latency clock data with slow clock data and orbit data at low-latency rate to deliver a consistent, accurate and timely set of correction data 16.
Working together with the orbit solution and slow clock solution at a low-latency rate, the data processing center 18 can deliver a consistent set of correction data 16 including satellite orbit, clock (e.g., absolute clock estimate), wide-lane satellite bias, narrow-lane satellite bias and quality information in a timely manner (e.g., with reduced latency or low-latency with respect to the slow clock process). In particular, the data processing center 18 can deliver in real-time the correction data 16 to one or more mobile receivers with correction wireless device 14 through satellite signals (e.g., L-band signals) in FIG. 1A, through a wireless communications system 135 (in FIG. IB), or through a wireless communications system 57 (in FIG. 3) (e.g., via Internet 56). In one embodiment, the correction data is delivered in real-time without material latency (between measurement time or raw phase measurements at the reference receiver 30 and availability of correction data at the mobile receiver 12) that would tend to degrade accuracy in position estimates of approximately five centimeter horizontal (e.g., pass-to-pass) accuracy or better with approximately ninety-five percent reliability with less than one standard deviation of variation at the mobile receiver 12.
In FIG. 1A, in one embodiment the system comprises a constellation of satellites (e.g., with satellite transmitters 10), including at least those satellites that are within view or reception range of one or more reference satellite receivers (e.g., reference GNSS receivers). In practice, reference receivers 30 (e.g., GNSS reference stations) are globally distributed at sites with good satellite geometry and visibility to a set of satellites.
Each reference receiver 30 has a digital portion of the receiver that comprises an electronic data processing system, which comprises an electronic data processor, a data storage device, data port and a data bus that supports communication between that data processor, data storage device and the data port. Further, the receiver comprises a measurement module for measuring one or more received satellite signals from navigation satellite transmitters 10. In one embodiment, the measurement module (e.g., carrier phase measurement module) is associated with the baseband or intermediate frequency processing or stored as software instructions in the data storage device within the digital portion of the receiver 30.
Each reference receiver 30 has a measurement module that measures observables, such as the carrier phase of one or more received satellite signals from each satellite. The measurement module of the reference receiver 30 may also measure the pseudo-range or code phase of a pseudo-random noise code that is encoded on one or more of the carrier signals. Further, a demodulator or decoder of the reference receiver 30 (e.g., stored as software instructions in the data storage device) can decode navigation messages, such as ephemeris data, that is encoded on the received satellites signals in conjunction with the pseudo- random noise code or otherwise. The reference receivers 30 receive and send measurements, ephemeris data, other observables and any information derived from the deliverables to a data processing center 18, or hubs with similar processing capability, in real time.
In FIG. 1A, a group of reference receivers and communications links are referred to as a reference data network 32. In one embodiment, each reference receiver 30 transmits (e.g., via a communications link, a communications network, a wireless channel, a communications channel, communications line, a transmission line, or otherwise) a set of carrier phase measurements of received satellite signals, and associated satellite identifiers, and ephemeris data to an electronic data processing center 18 (e.g., reference data processing hub).
In one embodiment, the data processing center 18 comprises an electronic data processor 20, a data storage device 24, and one or more data ports 26 that are coupled to a data bus 22. The data processor 20, the data storage device 24 and the one or more data ports 26 may communicate with each other via the data bus 22. The software instructions and data that are stored in the data storage device 24 may be executed by the data processor 20 to implement any of the blocks, components or modules (e.g., electronic modules, software modules, or both) described in this disclosure document. The data processor 20 may comprise a microcontroller, a microprocessor, a programmable logic array, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a digital signal processor, or another device for processing data, manipulating, accessing, retrieving, and storing data. A data storage device 24 may comprise electronic member, non-volatile electronic memory, an optical storage device, a magnetic storage device, or another device for storing digital or analog data on a tangible storage medium, such as an optical disk, a magnetic disk, or electronic memory. The data port 26 may comprise a buffer memory, a transceiver or both for interfacing with other network elements, such as a reference receiver 30 or a terrestrial satellite uplink station 28.
In one embodiment, the data processing center 18, data processor 20 or correction data estimator 34 receives the phase measurements and corresponding satellite identifiers from the reference receivers 30, reference receiver identifiers (or corresponding coordinates) and processes the phase measurements to estimate a clock bias for each satellite, or rather each satellite signal, or a corresponding clock solution for incorporation into correction data 16. For example, the correction data estimator 34 comprises software instructions or a module for determining the correction data 16 based on received phase measurements from the reference data network 32 or reference receivers 30. As illustrated in FIG. 1A, the clock solution, clock bias or correction data 16 is provided to a terrestrial uplink station 28 or another communications link. For example, the terrestrial uplink communications or transmits the clock solution, clock biases or correction data 16 to a communications satellite 35 (e.g., repeater).
In turn, the communications satellite 35 is adapted to make the correction data 16 available or transmit the correction data 16 to a correction wireless device 14. The correction wireless device 14 is coupled to a mobile receiver 12 (e.g., mobile GNSS receiver or mobile satellite receiver) or rover. The mobile receiver 12 also receives satellite signals from one or more satellite transmitters 10 (e.g., GNSS satellites) and measures the carrier phase of the received satellite signals from the satellite transmitters 10. In conjunction with the phase measurements by the mobile receiver 12, the precise clock solutions or clock biases in the correction data 16 can be used by the mobile receiver 12 to estimate the precise position, attitude, or velocity of the mobile receiver 12, or its antenna. For example, the mobile receiver 12 may employ a precise positioning estimator, such as a precise point positioning (PPP) estimator, using precise clock and orbital solutions for the received signals of the satellite transmitters 10.
In this document, the method and real-time global navigation satellite system (GNSS) receiver navigation technique can achieve centimeter-level accuracy positioning, by using the real-time global differential correction data 16. This correction data 16 is available and valid globally through one or more of the following: (1) satellite communications (e.g., L-Band geostationary communication satellite) in FIG. 1A, (2) wireless communications system 135 (e.g., cellular communications) in FIG. IB, or (3) wireless communications system 57 (e.g., cellular wireless system or WiFi system that is coupled to the Internet 56 for receipt of correction data 16 from a server 54. In comparison to local reference station correction (e.g., by a real-time kinematic (RTK) base station or certain wide-area corrections that do not adhere strictly to globally available PPP models), global differential correction eliminates the need for local reference stations and radio communication that would otherwise be used to establish short baselines (e.g., less than 20 kilometers to 30 kilometers) between a reference receiver 30 and a rover for precise position accuracy.
The system of FIG. IB is similar to the system of FIG. 1 A, except the terrestrial uplink station 28, the communications satellite 35, and the correction wireless device 14 of FIG. 1A are replaced by the wireless communications device 128, the wireless communication system 135, and the correction wireless device 114 of FIG. IB, respectively. Further, the correction wireless device 14 may comprise a satellite receiver, whereas the correction wireless device 114 may comprise a cellular transceiver, a wireless receiver, or another wireless communications device. Like reference numbers in FIG. 1A and FIG. IB indicate like elements.
In FIG. IB, the data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 provides the correction data 16 to the wireless communications device 128, directly or indirectly through one or more communications networks (e.g., Internet), communications links, data packet networks, or communication channels. In turn, the wireless communications device 128 transmits the data to one or more wireless communications systems 135. If multiple wireless communication systems 135 are used, a communications network, communications link, data packet network, switched network, mobile telephone switching office, microwave links, communications lines, fiber-optic links, or communications channels may interconnect the wireless systems 136 to support communication of the correction data 16 from the wireless communications device 128 to the correction wireless device 114. Accordingly, the mobile receiver 12 obtains the correction data from the correction wireless device 114 with an acceptable level of latency.
FIG. 2A is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a moderate latency during a measurement collection time.
FIG. 2A is a diagram that illustrates the latency time associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with correction data 16, which can include a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites. The latency time is measured along the horizontal axis 60. The correction latency is one of the critical factors to impact overall system performance in providing a GNSS correction data service to end users or subscribers. For example, the correction latency can be defined as the time difference between a measurement epoch at a reference receiver 30 or set of reference receivers 30 (or pre-processing completed epoch in the measurement preprocessing module 37 for the set of reference receivers) of processed measurements from the reference data network 32 and a reference epoch of the applied correction data 16 in one or more mobile receivers 12. In one embodiment, the correction latency of the correction data 16 or correction signal is a composition of three basic sources: (1) the measurement collection time period 62 (e.g., from TO to Tl) for the reference receiver 30 measurements (e.g., GNSS data from the reference receivers 30, which may be geographically located globally) to arrive at the data processing center 18 (or server); (2) the processing time period or clock estimation processing time period 64 (e.g., from Tl to T2 or Tl through T3) by the data processing center 18; and (3) the correction delivery time period 66 (e.g., T3 to T4) to deliver to the final user at the mobile receiver 12.
In an alternate embodiment, an additional source of delay is the clock messaging time period 65 (e.g., T2 to T3) between the processing time period and the correction delivery time period. As illustrated in FIG. 2A, a first delay or measurement collection time 62 is between a measurement time at the reference receiver 30 or set of reference receivers 30 and receipt time at the electronic data processing center 18. The first delay is associated with factors such as the distance between the sites of reference receivers 30 and the data processing center 18 and the propagation delay associated with the transmission of electrical or electromagnetic signals between the reference receivers 30 (at different sites, possibly throughout the world) and the data processing center 18. In certain embodiments, the first delay may include pre-processing time for position estimates, ambiguities, tropospheric delay, atmospheric delay, clock bias, receiver bias or other pre-processing estimates provided by one or more reference receivers 30, or by the measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36, or both the reference receivers 30 and the MPP module 36. For example, the carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements from the reference data network 32 are collected and pre-processed when they arrive at the data processing center 18.
The data processing center 18 can adjust the measurement collection time period 62 within certain bounds to favor accuracy or speed. The longer time that the data processing center 18 waits to collect the measurement data (and pre-processed data) from the reference network 32 prior to processing the measurement data, the more measurements the data processing center 18 can collect to support improved accuracy of orbit, clock and satellite bias, and reliability of network ambiguity resolution. However, if the measurement collection time period 62 exceeds a maximum threshold or is too long, the long data collection time can degrade the accuracy of the correction data 16 because it will be stale or outdated when it is finally received at the mobile station 12 and because other delays or latencies besides the measurement collection time must be considered in evaluating whether the correction data 16 is stale or sufficiently timely at the mobile station 12.
A second delay or clock processing time period 64 is between the receipt at the data processing center 18 and the processing time at the data processing center 18, which may be impacted by the throughput capacity or capability of the data processor 20, the clock speed of the data processor 20, the specifications or operations performed per time unit of the data processor 20. The processing time of the data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 (e.g., Innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator (iCORE)) has to be minimized as much as possible in order to allow the data processor 20 to output the correction data 16 at 1 Hertz (Hz) rate or greater, and to minimize the final correction latency at the rover side.
The third delay or clock messaging time period 65 is associated with the time between completion of data processing by the data processor 20 at the data processing center 18 and transmission of the data to the terrestrial uplink station 28, the communications satellite 35, or other communications device (e.g., wireless communications network). The fourth delay or correction delivery time period 66 is associated with delivery of the correction data 16 message from the communications satellite 35 or other communications device, for example. Although the first delay (62) is listed as approximately six seconds in FIG. 2A; the second delay (64) as listed as approximately two seconds; the third delay (65) is listed as approximately zero to three seconds, and the fourth delay (66) is listed as approximately one to two seconds; the other durations of the delay are possible and can fall within the scope of the claims. Because of the limits of satellite channel bandwidth (e.g., L-band bandwidth) and propagation delays with geo- synchronous satellites, it takes some time (e.g., approximately 4 seconds) to deliver the full-set of corrections to a mobile receiver 12 or rover from the data processing center 18. In accordance with certain models of position accuracy, every additional second delay of clock corrections above a target aggregate latency (e.g., from measurement time to receipt time at the rover) or target latency range can degrade up to five percent path-to-path accuracy for rover navigation.
FIG. 2B is a diagram that illustrates the latency associated with the provision of the correction signal, and more particularly a correction signal with a set of clock errors for corresponding satellites, where the measurements are collected with a lower latency than the measurements of FIG. 2A. FIG. 2A is similar to FIG. 2B, except the first delay 162 and the second delay 164 of FIG. 2B are shortened compared to the first delay 62 and the second delay 64, respectively, of FIG. 2A. Like reference numbers in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B indicate like elements.
As illustrated in FIG. 2B, the first delay 162 or measurement collection time is analogous to the first delay 62 of FIG. 2A, except the first delay 162 has a duration of approximately two seconds or less. The first delay 162 can be reduced from the first delay 62 by one or more of the following factors: (1) collecting the measurement data from a set of reference receivers 30 over a shorter period of time, (2) disregarding, by the data processing center 18, measurement data from satellites, satellite signals, or reference receivers that do not pass quality checks or statistical analysis, such as standard deviations of the ambiguity resolutions for wide-lane ambiguities, narrow-lane ambiguities or refraction-corrected ambiguities at one or more reference receivers 30, and (3) enhancing the throughput capacity or data processing capacity of the data processing center 18 via higher clock speeds, parallel data processing, improved efficient software instructions within the correction data estimator 34, or the like.
Similarly, the second delay 164 or clock processing time is analogous to the second delay 64 of FIG. 2A, except the second delay 164 has a duration of approximately ten milliseconds or less. The second delay 164 can be reduced from the second delay 64 by one or more of the following factors: (1) collecting the measurement data from a set of reference receivers 30 over a shorter period of time, (2) disregarding, by the data processing center 18, measurement data from satellites, satellite signals, or reference receivers that do not pass quality checks or statistical analysis, such as standard deviations of the ambiguity resolutions for wide-lane ambiguities, narrow-lane ambiguities or refraction-corrected ambiguities at one or more reference receivers 30, and (3) enhancing the throughput capacity or data processing capacity of the data processing center 18 via higher clock speeds, parallel data processing, improved efficient software instructions within the correction data estimator 34, or the like.
FIG. 3 is a block diagram of another embodiment of a system for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock. The system of FIG. 3 is similar to the system of FIG. 1A or FIG. IB, except the data storage device 24 stores or supports a correction data estimator 34 and two alternative paths for flow of the correction data 16 to the end user of the mobile receiver 12 are provided. Like reference numbers in FIG. 1A, FIG. IB and FIG. 3 indicate like elements.
The correction data estimator 34 (e.g., Innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator (iCORE)) comprises a module or software instructions that can be executed by the data processor 20 for providing correction data 16 as output based on the input of carrier phase measurements and associated data from one or more reference receivers 30. The associated data may comprise data such as satellite identifiers, satellite signal identifiers (e.g., frequency or band), or ephemeris data associated with the received satellite signals, reference station identifiers (e.g., or reference station coordinates), measurement time stamps associated with the measured carrier phase, among other ancillary data. Further, in other embodiments, the associated data may comprise pre-processing data, resolved wide-lane ambiguities, resolved narrow-lane ambiguities, or resolved refraction-corrected ambiguities for any reference receiver 30 or reference station with a known or fixed location (e.g., three dimensional coordinates).
The correction data estimator 34 generates correction data 16 that enable ambiguity resolution on one or more mobile receivers 12 or rovers that receive the correction data 16 via a correction wireless device. The correction data estimator 34 employs an innovative ambiguity resolution algorithm for the generation of the low-latency clock data and satellite biases. For example, the architecture of the correction data estimator 34 or data processing center 18 is well suited to support processing measurement data (and associated pre-processing data) of many (e.g., one hundred or more) reference receivers 30 or reference stations, including all necessary computation such as measurement pre-processing, orbit and clock determination, ambiguity resolution and the final correction data 16 generation, within a fraction of second.
In one embodiment, the correction data estimator 34 comprises a measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36, an orbit solutions module, a clock solution module 44, a low latency clock module 42, and correction distribution module to provide global differential correction data 16. In one embodiment, the measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36 receives reference network data 46 from the reference data network 32 of one or more reference satellite receivers. The reference network data 46 may comprise one or more of the following: raw measurements, raw carrier phase measurements from each reference satellite receiver, raw code phase measurements from each reference satellite receiver, a reference satellite receiver identifier, a reference receiver 30 position offset or position offset vector from its known position, a phase offset corresponding to the reference receiver 30 position offset, atmospheric bias data, satellite bias data, receiver bias data, receiver clock bias data, satellite clock bias data, or other data. Raw measurements can refer to raw carrier phase measurements from one or more reference satellite receivers, or raw code phase measurements from one or more reference satellite receivers, or both.
In one embodiment, the correction data estimator 34 can generate correction data 16 or correction signals in real-time based on the reference network data 46 or collected measurement data from the reference data network 32, where the correction data 16 are generated to provide centimeter-level accuracy estimates including: (1) satellite orbit estimate, (2) satellite clock estimate, and (3) satellite phase biases and their quality information.
In one embodiment, the measurement pre-processing module 36 accepts reference network data 46 as input data and applies the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., Ambiguity Resolution Estimator (ARE)) to output wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane bias. For example, the pre-processing module 36 or the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter or Kalman filter) may output fixed wide-lane ambiguities and associated wide-lane bias (48).
The measurement pre-processing module 36 communicates the wide-lane ambiguity and corresponding wide-lane bias data to the orbit solution module 38 and the clock solution module 44. The orbit solution module 38 receives the input of the wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane bias data and applies an orbit narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane ARE (Ambiguity Resolution Estimator)) to provide predicted satellite orbital data 50 (e.g., 02C data) output. The predicted satellite orbital data 50 can be used to correct orbital errors in the slow clock and low-latency solutions, and to generate orbit correction signals for incorporation into the correction data 16 to be provided to end users.
The orbit solution module 38 communicates the predicted satellite orbital data to the clock solution module 44. The clock solution module 44 receives the input of the predicted satellite orbital data 50, and the wide-lane ambiguities and associated wide-lane bias (48). The clock solution module 44 applies the clock narrow-lane estimator 43 (e.g., narrow-lane (Ambiguity Resolution Estimator), narrow- lane filter, or Kalman filter) and outputs the predicted orbital data 50, clock satellite bias data, and satellite bias quality data (51). For example, in one embodiment, the clock solution module 44 outputs one or more of the following: predicted orbital data, clock satellite bias data, satellite bias quality data, satellite slow clock corrections, satellite wide-lane bias corrections, and satellite narrow-lane bias corrections.
The low latency clock module 42 communicates with the clock solution module 44 to receive the predicted orbital data 50, clock satellite bias data, and satellite bias quality data (51), where the clock satellite bias data can comprise satellite wide-lane bias corrections, and satellite narrow-lane bias corrections. Further, in one embodiment, the low latency clock module 42 receivers satellite slow clock corrections. The low latency clock module 42 outputs low-latency correction data 16 including one or more of the following: low-latency precise satellite orbital correction data 50 for corresponding satellites, low-latency precise clock data for corresponding satellites, wide-lane satellite bias, and narrow-lane satellite bias. In one embodiment, the low-latency data is provided at a greater data transmission rate than similar higher-latency data provided by the clock solution module 44, where the low-latency data is updated on a regular basis commensurate with the greater data transmission rate to provide accurate and current correction data 16.
In certain configurations, the data processing center 18 can communicate via communication links with one or more secondary data processing hubs (not shown) that are geographically distributed (e.g., on a global basis), where each secondary data processing hub is configured with hardware and software similar to the data processing center 18 with a correction data estimator 34 and where the data processing center 18 can control the secondary data processing hub or hubs.
For example, the correction manager 40 can select correction data 16 (e.g., the best correction data 16 or most reliable correction data 16) provided by the data processing center 18, alone, or in combination with one or more secondary data processing hubs for distribution to end users. Further, the correction manager 40 can select the geographic scope of the measurement data or the identity of the satellites (e.g., outlier or unreliable measurements from malfunctioning satellites can be ignored) to be used in the correction data 16 that is distributed to end users via satellite or wireless communications system 57.
The correction manager 40s is capable of monitoring the correction data 16 for error correction and distributing the data to end users or subscribers of the data correction data 16 service. The correction manager 40 may distribute the correction data 16 via a satellite communications network, a wireless network (e.g. WiFi, 802.11, or cellular network), or both. A broadcasting system is capable of delivering the best of the global differential corrections to user receiver from multiple correction generation servers 54, such as the data processing center 18 and one or more secondary data processing hubs. For example, the set of global differential correction can be chosen and uplinked to INMARSAT communication satellite via Land-Earth Station (LES) as illustrated in FIG. 3.
The correction manager 40 is capable of communicating or distributing correction data 16 to the satellite uplink communications device or distribution of the satellite data via the satellite communications network. In turn, the satellite uplink communications device provide a signal to a communications satellite 35 with a transceiver, a combination of a transmitter and receiver to communicate correction data 16 via an electromagnetic or satellite signal (e.g., L-band signal) to mobile receivers 12 or rovers equipped with a correction wireless device 14. In certain embodiments, the electromagnetic or satellite signal with the correction data 16 may be encrypted or encoded such that only subscribers or licensees can access, decode or decrypt the correction data 16, or certain precision levels of the correction data 16 (e.g.,SF3 correction data 16).
The correction manager 40 is capable of communicating or distributing correction data 16 to a server 54 that has access to an electronic communications network, such as the Internet 56. For example, the server 54 may comprise a computer that accesses the Internet 56 via an Internet service provider to enable the correction data 16 to be communicated in one or more data packets 55 (e.g., Internet Protocol data packets). The data packets may be processed by a wireless communications network 57, such as WiFi wireless system, a local wireless network, a wide area wireless network, or a cellular communications system via a correction wireless device 14, which may comprise a smartphone, a WiFi- enabled communications transceiver, or another device for receiving the correction data 16 and providing the received correction data 16 to the mobile receiver 12 or rover. As in the case of the satellite signal with the correction data 16, the correction data 16 transmitted by the server 54, the data packets 55 or both may be encrypted or encoded such that only subscribers or licensees can access, decode or decrypt the correction data 16, or certain precision levels of the correction data 16.
The mobile receiver 12 of the end user is capable of receiving the correction data 16, which includes a global differential corrections. The mobile receiver 12 or rover is capable of resolving ambiguity based on the received correction data 16 and achieving centimeter-level navigation.
FIG. 4 shows an illustrative example of the correction data estimator 34 of FIG. 3 in greater detail. Like reference numbers in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 indicate like elements, modules or features.
The correction data estimator 34 comprises a measurement pre-processing module 36, an orbit solution module 38, a clock solution module 44 and low-latency clock module 42. The measurement pre- processing (MPP) module prepares “clean” measurements and provides wide-lane fixed ambiguities and wide-lane bias products for use by the correction data estimator 34 and its other modules. The orbit solution module 38 provides accurate satellite position and velocity estimates to assist in proper geometric estimates or range estimates between a particular reference receiver 30 and a corresponding satellite. The orbit solutions or precise orbital data is provided for use by the correction data estimator 34 and its other modules. The clock solution module 44 provides a satellite slow clock solution estimate and narrow-lane bias products at a low rate, slow clock rate, or a slow update rate. The low latency clock module 42 provides fast satellite clock estimate at a low-latency update rate (e.g., approximately 1 Hertz (Hz) or greater), fast rate, or a fast update rate, which is greater than the slow clock rate. Further, the low-latency module integrates, manages and communicates the state data and filter results for sharing among the ambiguity resolution filters to enable the MPP module, orbit solution module 38 and slow clock solution module 44 to output or generate a set of consistent correction data 16 or signals in real-time. Each one of the MPP module, the orbit solution module 38 and clock solution module 44 comprises two parts: (1) zero-difference fdter and (2) a network ambiguity resolution module or filter. In one embodiment, each zero-Differential (ZD) filter (e.g., Kalman filter) does one or more of the following: (a) processes ZD measurements, (b) defines or forms state variables for the ZD filter, (c) and performs or processes update and/or dynamic update of the ZD filter (e.g., based on the defined state variables and states). In one embodiment, the network ambiguity resolution estimation (ARE) module performs or conducts ambiguity resolution by one or more predictive filters, such as wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter), a narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filter), or another predictive filter (e.g., Kalman filter). The network ambiguity resolution estimation module is capable of resolving wide- lane and narrow-lane ambiguities. Different ZD filter and ARE modules (e.g., wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filters), narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filters) or both) as used for different modules, such as MPP module, the orbit solution module 38 and clock solution module 44, because the update rates and data states of the different modules can be different.
In one embodiment, low latency clock module 42 can only use the carrier phase measurements to derive clock change between two different epochs. In order to improve computation efficiency, the double differencing approaches between time and satellites are used to reduce size of estimated states, such as ambiguity states and receiver clocks estimates. The tropospheric biases are corrected using a prior model and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution. The low latency clock module 42 estimates satellite clock changes, not reference receiver 30 clock changes. The computation by the data processing center 18 is extremely efficient. For example, if the data processing center 18 is implemented on a state-of-the art desktop computer at the time of filing of this disclosure, the data processing center 18 can take a few milliseconds to finish processing all the measurements of many sites or reference receivers 30 (e.g., sixty or more reference receivers 30) for any epoch.
Measurement Pre-processing module
As illustrated, the measurement pre-processing module 36 further comprises a measurement pre- processing zero-difference filter 400 and a network wide-lane ambiguity resolution estimator (e.g., wide- lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter)). The measurement pre-processing zero-difference filter 400 supports precise point positioning (PPP). An optional measurement pre-processing zero-difference filter 400 can be used to determine undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase) for one or more of the reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32. The zero-difference filter is illustrated in dashed lines in FIG. 4 to show that the zero-difference filter is optional and may be included within the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) in alternate embodiments. For example, the zero-differenced ambiguity state can be determined based on correction data 16 that contains satellite bias information from a network or group of reference receivers 30.
At regular intervals or sampling intervals after the measurement pre-processing module 36 receives the raw measurements from each reference receiver 30 of reference data network 32, the measurement pre-processing module 36 processes, preprocesses and “cleans” the measurements, and resolves the wide-lane (WL) ambiguities associated with the received carrier phase measurements for each satellite within view of each reference receiver 30. The measurement pre-processing module 36 provides support for both the orbit/clock solution and the low-latency clock by providing the “cleaned” carrier measurements, along with respective fixed wide-lane ambiguities, and respective satellite WL biases.
In one embodiment, the measurement pre-processing module 36 uses the Melbourne-Wnbbena linear combination as zero-difference (ZD) measurement to estimate the following state variables: ) ZD float WL ambiguity per visible satellite and reference site (reference receiver 30) which combines receiver wide-lane bias and WL integer ambiguities. ) One wide-lane bias per satellite. ) One GLONASS IFB WL coefficient per tracked site.
With the use of the ZD float WL ambiguity as a constraint or search-limiting constraint for a wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) (e.g., Kalman filter), the measurement pre-processing module 36 or is wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) resolves the WL ambiguity in double- difference (DD) and single difference (SD) form, where the receiver WL bias is cancelled.
In an alternate embodiment for a reference receiver 30 that tracks GLONASS satellites, the measurement pre-processing module 36 determines GLONASS IFB WL coefficient per tracked site, where sensitivity coefficient of the GLONASS IFB WL coefficient is the satellite frequency number. This state variable only exists for GLONASS case and not for other GNSS systems, like GPS.
In order to make the computation effective, the measurement pre-processing module 36 averages the ZD Melbourne-Wnbbena measurements for each site at an interval such as 60 seconds if there is no cycle slip detected. For example, the reference receiver 30 comprises a cycle slip detector to detect a carrier cycle slip in the carrier phase measurements for each received signal from a given satellite or minimum set of satellites (e.g., five satellite) necessary to reliably track the three dimensional position of the reference receiver 30. For each sampling interval, the measurement pre-processing module 36 or ZD filter (e.g., ZD Kalman filter) processes the smoothed ZD Melboume-Wbbbena measurements on a site- by-site basis. At each measurement update interval, the ZD Kalman filter dynamic update and measurement update is processed to update state variables. In an alternate embodiment, GPS and GLONASS systems have two separate wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filters) associated with the measurement pre-processing module 36. The reference receiver 30 bias is not a desirable global differential product because the reference receiver 30 bias is not used for user receiver navigation. Accordingly, in order to reduce fdter size and computation complexity, the reference receiver 30 WL bias is not explicitly estimated and combined into the ZD float ambiguity state instead.
In particular, the pre-processing module 36 or network wide-lane ambiguity fdter uses zero- differenced (ZD) Melboume-Whbbena linear combination in Equation (1) as the input measurement to estimate one wide-lane floating ambiguity state per visible satellite. The wide-lane satellite bias can be broadcast in real-time within correction data 16 or correction signals to mobile receivers 12 and will compensate for that term using Equation (2).
In one embodiment, the wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane fdter), which can be applied to PPP determination, uses the following equations described below. Given the code and phase measurements from two frequencies, such as LI and L2 for GPS, G1 and G2 for GLONASS, the Melbourne-Wnbbena linear combination LJ WL can be formed as shown below.
By expanding the above equation (1), it can be shown that the geometric range related terms, which include range, receiver and satellite clock, ionosphere and troposphere errors and the phase wind-up term are cancelled. It can be expressed in Equation (2) as where: is wide-lane wavelength, about 86.4cm for GPS and c is speed of light, is integer wide-lane ambiguity for satellite j, WL 1 2 is wide-lane receiver bias (one per receiver and constellation for all visible satellites), which is a combination of LI and L2 receiver code bias and phase bias, as indicated in Equation (5): where majority of GLONASS inter-frequency bias and in code measurement is usually assumed to be linear or a trigonometric function of the GLONASS satellite frequency number; it is not the same for all the visible satellite as with the case of CDMA signals such as GPS; where is the inter-frequency bias for satellite j, such as for a GLONASS satellite; where L is wide-lane satellite j bias (one per satellite); and where is the wide-lane measurement error for satellite j including white noise, multipath and remaining un-modeled errors.
With respect to the inter-frequency bias per satellite, the linear model can be approximated below for GLONASS constellation as Equation (6): (6) where k is the ILB coefficient for receiver code bias. The ILB varies from receiver to receiver, also varies from one siting (antenna and cabling setup) to another siting. Modelled in this way, typically k is less than 0.1.
The wide-lane satellite j bias, , (one per satellite) is a combination of LI and L2 satellite code bias and satellite phase bias as in Equation (7); the satellite bias is changing slowly overtime; both satellite and receiver wide-lane biases are not constant over time:
(7) where is satellite bias for satellite j of the code phase or pseudo-range signal encoded on frequency LI (f1), where is satellite bias for satellite j of the code phase or pseudo-range on frequency L2 (f2), where is satellite bias for satellite j of the carrier phase on frequency L1, where is satellite bias for satellite j of the carrier code on frequency L2.
Orbit solution module
The orbit solution module 38 relates to orbit determination. In the correction data estimator 34, the other major modules including slow clock estimation module and low latency clock module 42 do not estimate satellite orbits. The other modules totally rely on the predicted orbits over a corresponding valid orbit time period (e.g., few minutes) from the orbit solution. The orbit solution module 38 runs at an orbital correction rate or a lower rate such as 300 seconds per iteration or update of orbit solutions since the GNSS satellite orbits are smooth. In the correction data estimator 34, the modules including the measurement pre-processing module 36, the orbit module, clock module and low latency clock module 42 can run in parallel.
The orbit solution uses the refraction-corrected code and carrier phase measurements from global reference station network. There are three types of state variables to be considered in the orbit solution module 38 and its associated filters, such as the orbit zero-difference filter 404 and the network NL filter for ambiguity resolution: 1) Satellite-dependent state variables including satellite position, velocity, satellite clock, satellite narrow- lane bias, yaw rate and empirical solar radiation force modeling parameters. 2) Receiver-dependent state variables including reference position, receiver clocks, residual troposphere bias and gradients, carrier phase ambiguities. 3) Common-state variables including Earth Orientation parameters such as polar motion and UT1-UTC.
In order to provide global differential positioning services, such as STARFIRE™ correction data 16 services, the precise satellite clocks and orbits have to be estimated and delivered to end-user receivers in real-time. STARFIRE correction data 16 services is a trademark of Deere & Company of Moline,
Illinois. Typically, predicted satellite orbits (e.g., called 02C data) over a few minutes are considered known in the clock estimation because the errors of these predicted orbits are rather small and stable and can even be absorbed by the estimated clocks. The correction data estimator 34 can use the predicted orbital data to correct orbital errors in slow clock solutions and low-latency solutions and to generate correction data 16 in real-time.
In one embodiment, the orbit solution module 38 may comprise an orbit zero-difference filter 404 and a network narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator (ARE). With the benefit of the results (e.g., float ambiguity states) of the pre-processing zero-difference filter 400, the orbit zero-difference filter 404 can be used to determine undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase, or narrow-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase) for one or more of the reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
With the benefit of the undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements or narrow-lane difference of the raw carrier phase measurements and the resolved WL ambiguities provided by the measurement pre- processing module 36, the network narrow-lane ambiguity estimator (in association with the orbit solution module 38) can estimate narrow-lane ambiguities (e.g., fixed integer NL ambiguities) or refraction-corrected narrow-lane ambiguities for one or more reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32. The resolved WL ambiguities can be used as constraints in a search process or to assist the NL ambiguity estimator (e.g., NL filter) to converge rapidly upon an integer ambiguity solution for carrier phase measurements.
Clock solution module
In one embodiment, the clock solution module 44 may comprise a clock zero-difference filter 408 and a network narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator (ARE). With the benefit of the results (e.g., float ambiguity states) of the pre-processing zero-difference filter 400, the clock zero-difference filter can be used to determine undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., LI raw carrier phase, L2 carrier phase, wide- lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase, or narrow-lane difference of L1/L2 combination of carrier phase) for one or more of the reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32. Although the ZD ambiguity float states and other filter states can be shared to the extent that the shared filter states are timely, clock ZD filter may operate at a different update rate for the states than the other ZD filters in the correction data estimator 34.
With the benefit of the undifferenced or zero-differenced (ZD) ambiguity states or float ambiguity states associated with the raw carrier phase measurements or narrow-lane difference of the raw carrier phase measurements and the WL ambiguities provided by the measurement-pre-processing module 36 to provide constraints, the network narrow-lane ambiguity estimator (in association with the clock solution module 44) can estimate narrow-lane ambiguities (e.g., refraction corrected, fixed integer NL ambiguities) for one or more reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32.
Slow Clock solution module
All or most of the measurements (e.g., carrier phase measurements) from reference data network 32 are collected, pre-processed and are batched when they arrives at the data processing center 18. The longer time the data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 waits, the more measurements are collected that are available for processing, but the longer the delay and the greater the potential that the clock solution could become stale by the time it reaches the mobile receivers 12 of the end users. In certain embodiments, the slow clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 typically estimates thousands of states for determination of clock solutions. For example, the data processing center 18 can take up to several seconds to finish the computation process for the slow clock solutions. In order to reduce the correction latency and utilize the more measurements, the correction data estimator 34 uses two clock solutions including slow clock and low-latency clock solution. In the slow clock solution module 44, all the measurements are batched as long as they arrived before a fixed latency, such as 6-15 seconds. The slow clock solution module 44 measurements and the clock zero-difference (ZD) fdter (e.g., ZD Kalman fdter) use similar measurements as the orbit solution module 38, except for several major differences. First, the slow clock solution module 44 runs or provides updates to the slow clock solution at a different rate such as every 30 or 60 seconds. In contrast, the orbit solution module 38 runs or provides updates to the orbital data or orbit solution every 300 seconds because clock corrections vary more quickly than orbit corrections. Second, in the slow clock solution module 44, all or most of the state variables remain the same or similar to the counterpart sate variables in the orbit solution module 38, except the satellite-orbit-related states. The satellite- orbit-related states are not estimated, but use the orbit estimation results from orbit solution of the orbit solution module 38.
In one embodiment, the slow clock solution module 44 can output a complete set of global difference corrections or correction data 16 including one or more of the following corrections: satellite orbit corrections, satellite clock corrections, satellite WL biases, satellite NL biases and quality information. The slow clock solution module 44 can communicate correction data 16 and estimated tropospheric parameters to the low latency clock module 42. As used herein, "biases" that are not qualified as satellite or receiver biases will refer to satellite bias, such as satellite WL and NL biases. Reference receiver 30 bias is not of interest to global differential correction product and thus not solved for in the reference receivers 30, whereas mobile receiver 12 bias can be addressed in the mobile receiver 12.
The slow clock solution module 44 uses un-differenced refraction-corrected code and carrier phase observations to estimate satellite and receiver clocks, troposphere biases, satellite narrow-lane bias. In one embodiment, the orbit update rate is very low (e.g., 5 minute update rate) for orbit data and a slow clock update rate (e.g., 30 seconds) for slow clock, or even longer. Because a large number of ambiguities have to be estimated together with both receiver and satellites clock parameters, the computation by the data processing center 18 is time-consuming especially with ambiguity resolution and satellite bias estimation. The data processing center 18 or the correction data estimator 34 may wait for longer time to ensure enough measurements from the reference data network 32 (e.g., global network) are collected and processed when they arrive at StarFire data processing center 18s. The longer time the data processing center 18 waits, the more measurements are collected by the data processing center 18, which also results in longer delay for clock corrections to reach mobile receiver 12s of the end users in real-time on a timely basis. The data processing center 18 and the correction data estimator 34 keep the data corrections sufficiently timely in real-time for use by the rover receivers, such that the satellite clocks along with satellite biases preserve the integer nature of ambiguity resolution for rover receiver. The ambiguity fixing can reduce the convergence time and improve the accuracy of navigation by the mobile receivers 12 or rovers.
As illustrated in FIG. 4, in one configuration the low latency clock module 42 further comprises a delta clock filter 412. Although the modules are shown as separate blocks in the block diagram of FIG. 4, it is understood that the correction data estimator 34 illustrated in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 may be implemented by one or more predictive fdters, such as Kalman fdters and that the blocks represent one possible interpretation of a illustrative software that can be used to facilitate or carry out the method and system described in this disclosure.
FIG. 5 is a diagram that illustrates the parallel operation of slow clock process 500 (e.g., moderate latency clock process) and the fast clock process 502 (e.g., low-latency clock process). The two parallel axes in FIG. 5 show increasing time to the right to the same time scale. The clock solution module 44 supports or executes the slow clock process 500 (e.g., at slow clock update interval or moderate update interval), whereas the low latency clock module 42 supports or executes the fast clock process 502 or low-latency clock process (e.g., at a fast clock update interval or low-latency update interval). In one embodiment, the clock solution module 44 provides slow clock data (504, 506), such as satellite slow clock correction data, satellite wide-lane bias correction data, satellite narrow-lane bias correction data to the low latency clock module 42 at regular time intervals (e.g., at TO, T30 and T60), such as at a slow clock update interval (e.g., as illustrated approximately 30 time units, such as about 30 seconds). In one embodiment, the orbit solution module 38 may provide satellite orbital correction data 50 separately at an orbit correction rate, whereas in an alternate embodiment, the clock solution module 44 provides the satellite orbital correction data 50 along with the satellite slow clock correction data 16. For example, the clock solution module 44 provides slow clock data at regular time intervals, such as at times TO, T30, and T60, as illustrated in FIG. 4.
Meanwhile, the low latency clock module 42 leverages or uses the slow clock data (504, 506) as a base or input data to compute a delta clock adjustment (508, 510) to the slow clock correction data 16 at a low-latency update interval or fast clock update interval. The low latency clock module 42 outputs correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment (508, 510) at a low-latency update interval that is updated at a greater rate or shorter update time interval than the slow clock update interval. For example, the low latency clock module 42 produces low-latency correction data 16 at a low-latency rate (or fast clock rate) that can be an integer multiple of the slow clock update rate. Further, the low latency clock module 42 or the estimator may assign a validity period to the correction data 16 (e.g., low-latency clock data) or delta clock adjustment that is commensurate with (e.g., approximately equal to) the slow clock update interval.
In one embodiment, the low latency clock module 42 or the delta clock filter 412 uses (e.g., only uses) the carrier phase measurements to compute the clock change (delta clock) as in FIG 5. The slowly changing parameters, such as troposphere and satellite narrow-lane bias are fixed to, synchronized to, or provided by the estimates from the slow clock solution module 44. The slow clock module provides updates periodically from the slow clock module to the low-latency module (e.g., from slow clock process to low- latency clock process) at a slow clock update rate, such as once every 30 seconds. The low latency clock module 42 uses the delta carrier phase between TO and current epoch Ti to estimate the delta clock data. When the slow clock module provides new reference epoch such as T30 epoch, the low latency clock module 42 will change reference epoch from TO to T30.
FIG. 6 is of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock. The method of FIG. 6 begins in block 600.
In block 600, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or the orbit solution module 38 determines the predicted orbital data for a respective measurement time (e.g., epoch Ti), or an update to the predicted orbital data, based upon reference network data 46 (e.g., batch data or raw measurement data for time or epoch Ti) received from one or more reference receivers 30 and previous predicted orbital data (e.g., for time T)) from the orbit solution module 38 or stored in a data storage device 24 (e.g., register, electronic memory, or non-volatile random access memory). Measurement time or epoch (e.g., Ti) can be a next epoch after a previous epoch or first epoch (e.g., TO). Further, the orbit solution module 38 can provide the predicted orbital data (e.g., predicted orbital data for measurement time or epoch Ti) or the update to the predicted orbital data, based on wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane ambiguity bias data, where the wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane ambiguity bias data are provided by the measurement pre-processing module 36.
In one example of carrying out block 600, the correction data estimator 34 or the orbit solution module 38 estimates the predicted orbital data (e.g., 02C data) over a few minutes at an orbit update rate, such as once every 300 seconds, from the time that orbit solution are fixed in low latency clock module 42.
In block 602, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or clock solution module 44 determines the clock input data, or an update of clock input at measurement time or epoch TO based on the predicted orbital data (e.g., at measurement time or epoch Ti or epoch TO) and based upon reference network data 46 (e.g., batch data or raw measurement data for time or epoch TO) received from one or more reference receivers 30, slow the clock solution data, wide-lane bias and narrow-lane bias data. As used herein, measurement time or epoch Ti follows measurement time or epoch TO.
For example, in block 602, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or clock solution module 44 determines the clock input data, or an update of the clock input that is updated at slow clock rate or at a slow clock interval. Accordingly, a transition from measurement time TO to measurement time Ti does not necessarily trigger an update of the clock input data, unless Ti is coincident with the next update interval of the slow clock process. For example, the pre-processed measurements from measurement pre-processing module 36 are batched and sent to low latency clock module 42 for block 604 after a few seconds waiting window, such as 1-2 seconds. Meanwhile, the pre-processed measurements are sent to orbit/clock solutions module after longer period, such as 6-15 seconds.
After block 602, the method continues in block 604. In block 604, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34, or low-latency module selects a reference satellite for each site of the reference network, or a pair of reference satellites for each reference receiver 30 of the reference network. For example, in one embodiment the correction data estimator 34 or the low-latency module selects the highest elevation satellite without cycle slips as a reference satellite for each reference site. Any difference in elevation between the reference receiver 30 and the mobile receiver 12 should be taken into account for tropospheric bias compensation. The tropospheric biases are corrected using a prior model and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution.
In block 606, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34, or the low-latency module determines a double difference between the carrier phase measurements or narrow -lane carrier phase measurements at measurement times or epochs Ti and TO and the pair of satellites. For example, the double difference is determined for carrier phase measurements at each reference receiver 30 at measurement times or epochs Ti and TO and the pair of satellites. The double difference (DD) narrow- lane ambiguities are resolved to determine precise refraction-corrected carrier phase measurements for which certain biases are canceled out. For example, in double differencing techniques, one or more of the following biases can cancel out: receiver code phase bias (e.g., receiver code phase bias and satellite code phase bias), carrier phase bias (e.g., receiver phase bias and satellite phase bias) and clock bias (e.g., receiver clock bias and satellite clock bias), that are common between satellites and receivers and can be cancelled out by the double differencing operation between satellites and receivers. Some ionospheric propagation delay bias cancels out in the double-difference equations. The remaining atmospheric errors including ionospheric and tropospheric delay can be ignored after the double differencing for double differencing between the same reference receiver 30 at different times. However, an ionosphere error between different reference receivers 30 separated by long base-lines could be estimated and used by the correction data estimator 34.
In one embodiment, the low latency clock module 42 reduces the correction latency to improve clock accuracy with absolute clocks from slow clock solution. In order to improve computation efficiency, the double differencing measurements between time and satellites are used so that some unnecessary states such as ambiguity and receiver clocks are removed. The low -latency module or the delta clock filter 412 only estimates changes in states for satellite clock for processing efficiency and enhanced rapid availability/reduced latency of the correction data 16 for the mobile receivers 12. In one example, the clock solution module 44 determines predicted orbital data, satellite bias data and satellite bias quality data (e.g., variance-co-variance data) based on the resolved double-differenced refraction corrected, narrow-lane ambiguities.
In block 608, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34 or low latency clock module 42 receives the predicted orbital data, satellite bias data and satellite bias quality data (e.g., variance-co- variance data) based on the resolved double-differenced refraction corrected, narrow-lane ambiguities and provides a delta clock filter 412 update. Prior to the next update of the clock solution module 44 at the slow update rate in block 602, the low latency clock module 42 only estimates delta satellite clocks so that the computation can be updated at a low-latency rate that is greater than the orbit update rate of the orbit solution module 38 and the slow update rate of the clock solution module 44.
In one example of the method of FIG. 6, the method continues with block 604 after each iteration of blocks 604, 606 and 608 for each site or reference receiver 30, until all the calculations of blocks 604, 606 and 608 have been made for all sites or reference receivers 30 in the reference data network 32. Further, each iteration of blocks 604, 606 and 608 is consistent with providing low-latency correction data 16 at a low-latency intervals or a low-latency data rate.
In block 610, the data processor 20, the correction manager 40 or the low-latency clock applies a RAIM (receiver autonomous integrity monitoring) algorithm to the delta clock filter 412. The RAIM algorithm comprises software that uses an over-determined solution or redundant calculations to check the consistency of satellite measurements, such as carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements of one or more satellites for each reference receiver 30 in the network. The RAIM algorithm requires at least five satellites in reception range to detect a material carrier phase error measurement or material error in the clock correction for any satellite in the constellation. The correction manager 40 or data processor 20 may delete, suspend or flag (as suspect or unreliable) low-latency clock correction data 16 for one or more satellites that that is determined to be erroneous or unreliable such that the mobile receiver 12 or rover may ignore or provide less weight to low-latency clock correction data 16 that has been flagged as suspect or unreliable.
In one example of executing block 610, the received satellite signals, low latency clock module 42 or the delta clock filter 412 uses the a priori satellite clock rates from broadcast ephemeris to estimate delta satellite clocks as an error checking mechanism, such as supporting the RAIM algorithm. Within the low latency clock module 42, an additional predictive filter (e.g., Kalman filter or least squares estimator) can be used to estimate delta clock for the RAIM algorithm. Further, the estimated delta satellite clocks derived from the broadcast ephemeris can be compares to the estimated delta satellite clods associated with the predictive filter or lease squares estimator. The number of estimated state variables or unknowns is equal to the number of active satellites. The RAIM algorithm is used to ensure to detect and remove any measurement with cycle slips.
In block 612, the data processor 20, correction data estimator 34, or low latency clock module 42 accumulates delta clock data and computes the clock data that corresponds to measurement time or epoch Ti for incorporation into the correction data 16 or low-latency correction data 16. For example, the low- latency correction data 16 incorporates precise orbital correction data 50, precise low-latency clock data, precise low-latency clock quality data, and wide-lane satellite bias data and narrow-lane satellite bias data on a satellite -by-satellite basis that can be applied to the particular satellites in view of or within reliable reception range of the mobile receiver 12. In one configuration, the correction data 16 can be globally valid in the GNSS system for each corresponding measurement time or epoch and for each satellite to which it pertains.
FIG. 7 discloses a flow chart of another embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal with a precise, low-latency Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) satellite clock. The method of FIG. 7 begins in step S800.
In step S800, a plurality of reference receivers 30 or measurement module of the reference receivers 30 are located at known corresponding locations (e.g., sites distributed geographically, such as globally throughout the world, to receive satellite signals from one or more GNSS systems) and the reference receivers 30 measure raw phase measurements, code phase measurements or both for corresponding locations. The measurement module makes the raw phase measurements at measurement times that are referred to as epochs. For example, the reference receiver 30 may collect raw phase measurements and code phase measurements (e.g., pseudo-range measurements) at one or more measurement times or epochs that are referenced to Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) system time. The code phase measurements are measurements of the code (e.g., pseudo-random noise code) that is encoded on one more received satellite signals or the carriers of the receive satellite signals. The reference receiver 30 transmits or communicates the collected raw phase measurements to the data processing center 18 for estimation of correction data 16, such as precise point positioning (PPP) correction data 16.
In step S802, a data processing center 18 collects raw phase measurements, code phase measurements, or both and corresponding reference receiver 30 identifiers or site identifiers from a plurality of reference receivers 30. The data processing center 18 can use the raw phase measurements and code phase measurements for estimation of correction data 16. Besides the raw phase measurements, code phase measurements, the reference receivers 30 may provide pre-processed data or other reference network data 46 including any of the following: wide-lane ambiguities, narrow-lane ambiguities, ambiguities, estimated position error of the reference station from its known location derived from the received satellite signals, tropospheric bias, satellite clock bias, satellite transmitter 10 bias, ephemeris data, and navigation data.
In step S804, the measurement pre-processing module 36 or the correction data estimator 34 determines a wide-lane ambiguity and a satellite wide-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite. For example, the measurement pre-processing module 36 or the correction data estimator 34 determines a fixed integer wide-lane ambiguity and a satellite wide-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite to assist in (e.g., provide constraints for rapid or efficient convergence) estimation of narrow-lane ambiguities within one or more modules of the correction data estimator 34.
In one example of carrying out step S804 the measurement pre-processing module 36 comprises a predictive filter (e.g., wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane filter) or Kalman filter) for estimating the wide-lane ambiguities for the received satellite signals for each reference receiver 30 or its site based on the collected raw phase measurements and code phase measurements, alone or in conjunction with the ancillary data to use as constraints. Further, the determined wide-lane ambiguities facilitates efficient and rapid convergence of one or more narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., narrow-lane filter)s (e.g., Kalman filters) that are used for the determination of the orbit solution and the slow clock solution, which are described in other steps of the method of FIG. 7.
In step S806, the orbit solution module 38, the narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator, or the correction data estimator 34 determines (or applies a previously determined) an orbital narrow-lane ambiguity and an orbital satellite narrow-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite in an orbit solution based on the collected raw phase and code measurements, consistent with the determined wide-lane ambiguity and the respective satellite wide-lane bias. In one example, in the absence of the cycle slips and material tropospheric delay changes over a time period, a fixed narrow-lane ambiguity may not require updating, but the set of carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements are updated for the orbit solution at the orbital correction rate (e.g., about once every 300 seconds) that can differ from the slow update rate (e.g., about once every 30 seconds to 60 seconds) of the set of carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements for the slow clock solution. In the presence of cycle slips of the carrier phase or loss of lock of any carrier signal or low signal quality of any satellite received signal, the orbital narrow-lane ambiguity can be updated with input states at an orbital correction rate that can differ from a slow update rate of the slow clock solution, or the clock narrow-lane ambiguity.
In step S808, the orbit solution module 38 or the correction data estimator 34 determines satellite orbit correction (e.g., at orbital correction rate), based on collected raw phase measurements and code measurements, consistent with the determined orbital narrow-lane ambiguities and respective orbital satellite narrow-lane bias. In step S810, the clock solution module 44, the narrow-lane ambiguity resolution estimator, or the correction data estimator 34 determines (or applies a previously determined) a clock narrow-lane ambiguity and a respective clock satellite narrow-lane bias for the collected phase measurements for each satellite in a slow clock solution based on the collected raw phase and code measurements, consistent with the determined wide-lane ambiguity and the respective satellite wide-lane bias. In one example, in the absence of the cycle slips and material tropospheric delay changes over a time period, a fixed narrow- lane ambiguity may not require updating, but the set of carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements are updated for the slow clock solution at the slow update rate (e.g., about once every 30 second to 60 seconds). In the presence of cycle slips of the carrier phase or loss of lock of any carrier signal or low signal quality of any satellite received signal, the clock narrow-lane ambiguity can be updated with input states at a slow update rate that can differ from an orbital correction rate of the orbit solution.
In step S812, the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 determine a slow satellite clock correction (e.g., and tropospheric delay bias and gradients) per reference receiver 30 based on the collected raw phase and code measurements (e.g., previously collected raw phase and code measurements updated at a slow update rate) and derived data from the raw phase and code measurements, where the derived data comprises one or more of the following: the determined satellite orbital correction data 50, determined wide-lane integer ambiguity and respective satellite wide-lane bias, and determined clock narrow-lane integer ambiguity and respective satellite narrow-lane bias data.
In step S814, the low latency clock module 42 or the correction data estimator 34 determines lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 or delta clock adjustment to the slow satellite clock based on freshly or recently updated measurements (e.g., updated at a fast update rate or a low-latency update rate greater than the slow update rate) of the collected raw phase measurements that are more current than a plurality of previous measurements of the collected raw phase measurements used for the slow satellite clock correction to provide lower-latency clock correction data 16. In some embodiments, the low latency clock module 42 or the clock solution module 44 can apply the delta clock adjustment to the slow clock solution.
Step S814 may be executed in accordance with various techniques, which may be applied separately or cumulatively.
Under a first technique, the clock solution module 44, the low latency clock module 42, or the correction data estimator 34 estimates relative clock error at a first rate (e.g., relatively high rate (e.g., approximately 1 Hz or greater)) using double-difference techniques (e.g., between time, Ti and TO and between reference satellites for each reference site of local reference station) for the lower-latency correction data (e.g., highest elevation satellite without cycle slips is selected as the reference satellites for each site).
Under second technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 (e.g., moderate -latency correction data 16) comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 integrates the fast clock solution and the slow clock solution over an integration period (e.g., approximately 30 seconds) to provide an absolute satellite clock estimate (e.g. GPS reference system time).
Under third technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 provides the slow clock solution with a long latency comprising the longer GNSS raw data collection time (e.g., approximately 6 to approximately 10 seconds) for more GNSS raw data and a few seconds of data processing time for a complicated slow clock solution.
Under fourth technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 provides the lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solution) with a low-latency including the shorter GNSS raw data collection time (e.g., approximately 1 to approximately 2 seconds) and a data processing time (e.g., of a few milliseconds) for extremely efficient estimation of lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solution).
Under fifth technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses a troposphere estimation from a slow clock solution in fast clock solution (e.g., tropospheric bias is estimated based on a priori model and residual tropospheric bias estimation from the slow clock solution).
Under sixth technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses orbital correction data 50 (e.g., common orbital correction data 50) from an orbit solution in both slow clock solution and lower latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solutions).
Under seventh technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses a delta-clock from a lower latency satellite clock correction data 16 (e.g., fast clock solution) to update the slow clock solution. For example, the correction data estimator 34 updates the slow clock solution with an update interval or slow update rate, such as approximately 30 seconds to approximately 60 seconds (e.g., to predict a satellite clock dynamic the in slow clock solution or the accumulated delta-clock or change from a fast clock solution.) Simultaneously with any delta- clock adjustments to the slow clock solution, the slow clock solution, the fast clock solution, or both are updated by the orbit solution or orbital correction data 50 at an orbit correction rate, such as approximately once every 300 seconds to predict a satellite clock dynamic associated with the orbit solution.
Under an eighth technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 uses the lower-latency correction comprises a change in a satellite clock correction based primarily on the raw carrier phase measurements (e.g., GNSS carrier phase data only).
Under an ninth technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the higher-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 estimates the moderate-latency data to include absolute satellite clocks, tropospheric bias, satellite narrow-lane bias and narrow-lane ambiguity solution.
Under an tenth technique, the lower-latency correction data comprises a fast clock solution and the moderate-latency correction data 16 comprises a slow clock solution; the clock solution module 44 or the correction data estimator 34 estimates correction data 16 that comprises the satellite orbital correction data 50, the lower-latency satellite clock correction data 16, the satellite wide-lane bias data, the satellite narrow-lane bias data, and satellite quality indicators of the lower-latency clock and narrow-lane bias.
The correction data 16 can represent integrated and absolute satellite clock data available within a lower- latency satellite correction signal.
In step S816, the correction manager 40 or the correction data estimator 34 incorporates the satellite orbital correction data 50 and the low-latency clock correction data 16 into the correction data 16, encoded on the global satellite differential correction signal, with global validity for the GNSS transmission to one or more mobile receivers 12. For example, the correction data estimator 34 or data processor incorporates the satellite wide-lane bias, the satellite orbital correction data, the satellite narrow-lane bias from the slow clock solution and the low latency clock correction data into the correction data, encoded on the global satellite differential correction signal, with global validity for the GNSS transmission to one or more mobile receivers.
In step S818, the correction manager 40, the wireless communications system 57, or the correction data estimator 34 transmits the lower-latency satellite correction data 16 (e.g., satellite orbit, clock, satellite wide-lane and narrow-lane bias and quality signals for each satellite) via a correction data 16 message (e.g., via satellite U band signal or cellular network communicating to Internet 56 feed/correction data 16) to one or more mobile receivers 12. As used in this document, latency is based on time difference between an earlier epoch associated with a collection (and observation at reference stations) of measurements for processing and application of processed measurements at a later epoch in mobile rover receiver.
FIG. 8 A provides an illustrative chart of typical time lag or delay in providing slow clock solutions versus GNSS time. As illustrated in FIG. 8A, the vertical axis 700 provides slow clock delay time or an indicator of slow clock update interval. Meanwhile, the horizontal axis 702 provides GNSS time such as a GPS time of the corresponding satellite. In one embodiment, the illustrative chart is provided for one or more reference stations (e.g., approximately 60 reference receivers 30) and cluster of at least five satellites that are within view or reliable range. In the illustrative example of FIG. 8 A, the slow clock solution takes approximately 2 to 3 seconds to finish the measurement processing for one epoch. After completion of the measurement processing for each epoch, the satellite clock changes (e.g., delta clock data) are integrated with absolute clocks from slow clock solution to derive precise absolute clocks for any epochs. Finally, these orbit, clock corrections and satellite wide-lane (WL), narrow-lane (NL) bias products with quality information are sent to user through a satellite channel (e.g., L-band channel) or wireless communications network (e.g., via Internet 56) in real-time.
FIG. 8B provides an illustrative chart of time lag or delay in providing low-latency clock solutions versus GNSS time. As illustrated in FIG. 8B, the vertical axis 704 provides low-latency clock delay time or an indicator of fast clock update interval or low-latency update interval. Meanwhile, the horizontal axis 706 provides GNSS time such as a GPS time of the corresponding satellite. In one embodiment, the illustrative chart is provided for one or more reference stations and cluster of at least five satellites that are within view or reliable range. If the data processing center 18 comprises a desktop computer or server 54, the data processing center 18 could take a few milliseconds to finish processing all the measurements for the low-latency solution in FIG. 8B, which is more than 300 times faster than the slow clock solution of FIG. 8A. The computation for low-latency is extremely efficient.
The illustrative example of FIG. 8B shows the typical correction age for correction data 16 is approximately 4 seconds from real-time receiver, which includes the time for the network data to arrive at the data processing center 18 (e.g., computer or server 54), the network processing time by the data processing center 18; and the correction transmission time to deliver the correction data 16 or correction data 16 message from the data processing center 18 to the mobile receiver 12 of the end user. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary, the results or delays for correction data 16 shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B are merely shown for illustrative purposes and real world delays may differ from those shown based on many possible factors, even when employing the methods, systems or information set forth in this disclosure. In accordance with one embodiment illustrated in FIG. 9, a system 911 for providing a satellite correction signal comprises a satellite receiver for receiving a series of raw satellite signal measurements. The system 911 of FIG. 9 is similar to the system 11 of FIG. 1A, where like reference numbers indicate like elements.
In FIG. 9 the data processing center 118 is similar to the data processing center 18 of FIG. 1 A, except the data processing center 118 ofFIG. 9 comprises a data collector 19, a data source selector 15, and off-line data 23 or stored data. The data collector 19, data source selector 15 and data storage device 24 may be coupled to the data bus 22 for communication with each other, the electronic data processor 20, and one or more data ports 26.
In other embodiments, virtual data communication paths, physical data communication paths, or both are possible between the data collector 19, data source selector 15, data ports 26 and data storage device 24, for example. Virtual data communication paths may represent logical communication paths via software, links, or calls, for example. Physical data communication paths may comprise transmission lines, cables, data bus, strip-line, microstrip, circuit board traces or other physical communication paths to communicate signals or data between modules or components of the data processing center 118.
In one embodiment, the data collector 19 may communicate with the reference data network 32 or one or more reference receivers 30 via a data port 26. In turn, the data collector 19 may store or facilitate storage of recorded off-line data, historical measurement data and associated ephemeris data in the data storage device 24 for subsequent reference during a start-up mode or warm-start mode to reduce the start- up time to convergence. The recorded off-line data 23 may comprise one or more of the following: historical measurement data from one or more reference receivers 30, raw measurement data from one or more reference receivers 30, and associated ephemeris data from the same measurement epoch or sampling time interval as the measurement data.
In one embodiment, the data storage device 24 stores the recorded off-line data 23 or received raw satellite signal measurements for a series of time windows prior to a current time (e.g., current GNSS measurement time). The time window may be selected in accordance with various techniques that may be used cumulatively or alternately. Under a first technique, the series of time windows is based on the available data and targeted time for convergence for the warm start. Under a second technique, the series of time windows is cumulatively at least 24 hours in duration. Under a third technique, the series of time windows has cumulative or complete a range from approximately 24 hours to approximately 48 hours in duration.
Each one of the satellite signal measurements (e.g., carrier phase signal measurements associated with each received satellite signal at the respective reference receivers 30) is associated with a respective stored measurement time tag. During a start-up mode or warm-start mode, an estimator 34 is adapted to estimate a satellite correction data or a satellite correction signal based on satellite orbit data, satellite clock data, and satellite bias correction data derived from stored received raw satellite signal measurements or the recorded off-line data 23. In some configurations, the correction data or satellite correction signal is valid on a global basis for precise point positioning, whereas in other configurations, the satellite correction signal may be valid for a defined geographic area that is less than worldwide.
In one embodiment, the data source selector 15 can communicate with the one or more reference receivers 30 via the data ports 26. Further, the data source selector 15 can communicate with the data storage device 24 via the data bus 22, or via another virtual data path or physical data path. A data source selector 15 can seamlessly switch or change a measurement data source from the stored received raw satellite signal measurements (e.g., recorded off-line data 23) to live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements approaches or reaches the current time, where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is less than a threshold time range.
As illustrated in FIG. 9, the correction data estimator or estimator 34 is stored in a data storage device 24. For example, the estimator 34 may comprise software instructions for interpretation or processing by the electronic data processor 20 to estimate correction data, such as satellite orbit data, satellite clock data, satellite bias data, or other bias data. In one configuration, the estimator 34 is adapted to determine when the satellite orbit data, the satellite clock data, and the satellite bias data (e.g., wide- narrow lane bias data) have converged to reliable satellite correction data with ambiguity resolution.
Once the correction data estimator 34 estimates or determines the correction data, the satellite uplink station 28 or satellite uplink transmitter may transmit the reliable correction data with ambiguity resolution to end users via a communications satellite 35 and a wireless correction device 14, such as a satellite downlink receiver over a satellite communications channel.
In an alternate embodiment, once the data estimator 34 estimates or determines the correction data, the wireless communications system, such as a cellular system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, or a time division multiple access system (TDMA) may transmit the reliable correction data with ambiguity resolution to end users via the wireless communications system over a communications channel.
In another alternate embodiment, once the data estimator 34 estimates or determines the correction data, a server may distribute or make available the correction data over the Internet to authorized subscribers via a virtual private network, encrypted communications channel, or another communications channel. In one embodiment, the data processing center 118 updates or refreshes the correction data at a rate of at least 1 Hertz or greater. In one embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 10, the data processing system 218 comprises a clock solution module 44 for providing a slow clock estimate and a low latency clock module 42 for providing a low latency clock estimate, where the data processing system integrates two parallel clock estimation processes including the slow clock estimate and low latency clock estimate.
The data processing system (118 or 218) can operate in a start-up mode or warm-start mode or a normal mode. During a start-up mode, the data storage device 24 or data processor 20 feeds approximately six hours of stored data measurements into the slow clock module 44 (e.g., slow clock estimation module) to reach steady state clock estimation. However, during the start-up mode, historical stored data measurements are not required to feed the low latency clock module 42. During a normal operation mode, the estimator 34 is adapted to estimate a differential correction signal with satellite orbit data, satellite clock bias data, and satellite bias data based on real-time live received raw measurements.
First, the data collector 19 may facilitate storage of approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours of historical measurement data and ephemeris data. Second, in one example the estimator 34 or data processor 20 inputs a first portion (e.g., approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours) of the stored historical measurement data and associated stored ephemeris data (individually or collectively, recorded off-line data 23) into the MPP module 36 and orbit solution module 38. Third, the estimator 34 or data processor 20 inputs a second portion (e.g., approximately the last two hours) of the stored historical measurement data and associated stored ephemeris data (individually or collectively, recorded off-line data 23) into the low latency clock module 42, where the second portion is less data than the first portion, or where the second portion is collected over a lesser time period than a greater time period of the first portion. Fourth, the estimator 34 or data processor 20 inputs only real-time measurement data and associated ephemeris data to the low latency clock module 42. Fifth, when the latest GNSS measurement time tag fed from recorded off-line measurement data or stored measurement data reaches or approaches the real-time GNSS measurement time tag, the estimator 34 will seamlessly switch the input source of the measurements from recorded off-line data 23 to real-time data collected from one or more reference receivers 30 or the global GNSS reference data network 32.
In one embodiment, the estimator 34, such as an innovative clock orbit real-time estimator 34 (iCORE), estimates Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) orbit data and clock data, where the estimator 34 typically takes up to 24 hours to 48 hours of measurements to reach pull-in or steady and reliable states of position estimates of the reference receivers 30 and associated correction data (e.g., differential correction data or precise point positioning data). In one configuration, when the estimator 34 software is started, the last 24 to 48 hours of offline measurements are stored in hourly files in data collector 19 (e.g., data collector 19 server) are firstly fed into the estimator 34 for data processing. When the latest GNSS measurement time tag read from offline data reaches, or approaches with minimal lag, the real-time GNSS measurement time tag, the data selector switches the measurement input source from offline data or historical measurement data in the data storage device 24 to real-time data collected from the global GNSS reference station network receivers. After the estimator 34 or its quality module determines convergence of orbit and clock solutions, the estimator 34 or data processing center (118 or 218) can provide or communicate a consistent set of correction signals (e.g., StarFire ™ correction signals) including satellite orbit, clock, wide-narrow satellite bias and quality information in a timely manner through wireless communications, such as L-band satellite channels, cellular channels, code divisions multiple access (CDMA) communication channels, time division multiple access (TDMA) channels, internet in real-time. The warm start can significantly reduce correction signals start-up time from approximately 24-48 hours to approximately 1.5-3 hours to support improved operation efficiency and productivity.
StarFire is a real-time global navigation satellite augmentation system (GNSS) achieving centimeter-level accuracy positioning, by using the real-time global differential corrections. This correction is available globally through either over internet protocol (IP) or L-Band geostationary communication satellite. In comparison to local reference station correction, global differential correction eliminates the need for local reference stations and radio communication.
The correction system with warm start of the correction estimator 34 is well suited for minimizing or reducing downtime from software updates and maintenance. The performance of the correction system may be based on an evaluation of start-up time. The start-up time can be defined as the required time period from starting computation correction estimation and server software to readiness to broadcast or transmit wirelessly the correction signals in real-time to satellite mobile receivers 12 (of end users or subscribers) equipped with wireless correction device 14 (e.g., satellite receiver or cellular transceiver). The start-up time is mainly influenced by long GNSS orbit and clock convergence times, especially GNSS orbit estimation.
There is generally a conflict between fast start up time and reliable steady state performance for correction estimation. The steady and reliable GNSS orbit and clock estimation requires more GNSS measurements than are necessary to achieve a fast start up time. For example, in practice a cumulative data window of at least 24 hours of historical measurement data is required for reliable steady state performance. Yet, the more GNSS measurement that are used, the estimator 34 will take longer to process the measurements to arrive at reliable clock data and orbit data estimates.
In accordance with FIG. 10 in one configuration, the architecture of the correction system 1011 is structured as follows: GNSS reference receivers 30 are globally distributed with good satellite geometry and visibility. The reference receivers 20 are associated with satellite uplink stations 28 or other communications systems for transmitting measurements and ephemeris data (individually and collectively off-line data 23) to the data collector 19 or data processing center 118 in real time. The data collector 19 can store the measurement data and ephemeris data (individually and collectively off-line data 23) in the data storage device 24.
In one embodiment, the data storage device 24 may comprise a magnetic disc, an optical disk, electronic memory, nonvolatile random access memory, or any other data storage device 24. The collected data is stored in the data storage device 24 for access during the warm start mode for offline processing or re-processing. In one embodiment, the data collector 19, alone or together with the data source selector 15, can both record data in the data storage device 24 and send the real-time data to the estimator 34 of the data processing center 118 in real-time.
In one embodiment, the data processing center (118 or 218) or centers collect, store and pre- process GNSS measurements from reference receivers 30 when the GNSS measurements arrive at the data processing centers (118 or 218). The longer time the data processor 20 or estimator 34 waits prior to processing the measurements, the more measurements are collected. With more measurements collected, the data processor 20 or estimator 34 can improve the accuracy of orbit, clock and satellite bias, and reliability of network ambiguity resolution. If data processing centers (118 or 218) are distributed throughout the world with reference receivers 30, the total processing time to reach a convergent solution can be significant; particularly for multi-GNSS position solution estimates with ambiguity resolution. Multi-GNSS position solution estimates require ambiguity resolution for different GNSS satellite systems, such as Global Positioning System, GPS (U.S.); GALILEO (Europe), Quazi-Zenith Satellite System, QZSS (Japan); BeiDou Navigation Satellite System, BDS (China); Global Navigation Satellite System, GLONASS (Russia), and others.
Because correction data is provided via satellite communications, such L-band satellite channels with associated bandwidth limitation, there can be latency in providing correction data to mobile receivers 12 of end users. The estimator 34 is configured to reduce processing time of the estimator 34 to minimize latency in the correction data provided to mobile receivers 12 to allow the processor 20 to operate at 1 Hz with at least 24 hours data for startup. The estimator 34 minimizes the processing time to generate corrections signals that enable ambiguity resolution on the user receiver. The estimator 34 uses an innovative ambiguity resolution algorithm for the generation of the clocks and satellite biases. Further, the estimator 34 facilitates processing data of up to a hundred of reference receivers 30 from one or more of the following data sources: (a) live or real-time GNSS measurements (e.g., live measurement data streams) from active GNSS reference receivers 30, (b) stored, historical, or off-line recorded GNSS measurements (e.g., recorded measurement data streams) from GNSS reference receivers 30 (e.g., during the last or previous 24 hours to 48 hours), (c) any mix or combination of real-time GNSS measurements and recorded GNSS measurements.
In accordance with one example as illustrated in step S914 of FIG. 14, a data source selector 15 is adapted to use a mix or combination of measurement data sources comprising the stored received raw satellite signal measurements and live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements, if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements has not yet approached or reached the current time (e.g., current GNSS measurement time), where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is greater than a threshold time range. In one embodiment, the estimator 34 can provide all necessary computations, such as measurement pre- processing, orbit and clock determination, ambiguity resolution and the final correction generation, within a fraction of second.
In one embodiment, the estimator 34 comprises a clock solution module 44 and a low latency clock module 42, such that estimator 34 provides an integrated clock solution of two parallel clock estimation processes (e.g., slow clock of the clock solution module 44 and a low latency clock of the low latency clock module 42). The clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42 collectively promote accuracy of absolute clock estimation and a reduction of the clock latency in position estimates that use the correction data. In one embodiment, the clock solution module 44 determines a slow clock solution that uses all the possible GNSS measurements (from reference receivers 30), such the GNSS measurements include longer latency measurements (e.g., up to 6 seconds) from the reference receivers 30 or associated network to estimate absolute satellite clock, tropospheric bias, satellite narrow-lane bias and ambiguity and conduct ambiguity resolution. In some examples, the clock solution module 44 requires an intensive computation to determine the slow clock estimate, which can take several seconds to process.
In contrast, the low latency clock module 42 takes only the latest available measurements with a shorter latency (such as receiver measurements with latencies limited to approximately 1 to 2 approximately seconds) to compute satellite clock change at high rate. The low latency clock module 42, data processor 20 or estimator 34 integrates the low latency clock estimate with the slow clock estimate and orbit at low rate to deliver a consistent set of correction signals including satellite orbit, clock, wide- narrow satellite bias and quality information in a timely manner through L-band wireless channel, wireless communications system, an electronic communications network, or internet in real-time.
In one embodiment, the data processing center (118 or 218) comprises hub navigation algorithm software, such as the clock orbit real-time estimator 34, which can be referred to as the innovative Clock Orbit Real-time Estimator (iCORE). The estimator 34 includes a measurement pre-processing (MPP) module 36, an orbit solution module 38, clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42, which are critical components of global differential correction. The data processing center (118 or 218) or estimator 34 generates correction signals to provide centimeter-level accuracy estimates including: (1) satellite orbit estimate, (2) satellite clock estimate, and (3) satellite phase biases and their associated quality information.
When the estimation software of the estimator 34 is started, historical collected data (if available) of measurements and associated ephemeris data, such as approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours of collected data or measurement data is fed into the MPP module 36 and orbit solution module 38 for enhancing or speeding up the convergence of GNSS orbit estimation. Further, the last six hours of historical collected data is also fed into the estimator 34 or clock solution module 44 that estimates the slow clock estimate. In general, the estimator 34 takes approximately 24 to 48 hours of historical measurement data to reach steady-state, reliable orbit estimation and approximately 6 hours of historical measurement data for slow clock estimation. Because the low latency clock does not take time to pull-in steady states, the low latency clock module 42 does not require the historical measurement data or collected data to estimate the low latency clock solution.
In one embodiment, when the latest GNSS measurement time fed from offline data reaches the current or real-time GNSS measurement time, the estimator 34 will seamlessly switch measurements input source for all the modules from off-line data 23 or stored data in the data storage device 24 to real- time data collected from the global GNSS reference station network receivers. The correction system uses a communications system or broadcasting system to deliver the global differential corrections to mobile satellite receivers 12 from one or more data processing centers (118 or 218) distributed around the world. For example, the set of global differential correction data can be selected and transmitted via a satellite uplink transmitter or Land-Earth Station (LES) to a communications satellite 35 (e.g., INMARSAT communication satellite). In one embodiment, the user satellite mobile receiver 12 is capable of receiving this set of global differential corrections, resolving ambiguity, and achieving centimeter-level precision in position estimates for navigation.
FIG. 10 illustrates the data correction system 1011 associated with a data processing center 218 and the estimator 134. The estimator 134 comprises the following modules: a real-time data collector 19, a measurement pre-processor module 36, an orbit solution module 38, a clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42. In some configurations, the real-time data collector 19 further comprises a data source selector 15 (in FIG. 9), although in other configurations the data source selector 15 can be a separate module.
As illustrated, the data collector 19 (e.g., real-time data collector) communicates with one or more reference receivers 30 and a data storage device 24 in the data processing center 218. The data collector 19 or the data storage device 24 may provide measurement data, ephemeris data, or both (e.g., off-line data 23) to MPP module 36. For example, the data collector 19 may provide the measurement data, ephemeris data, or both to the MPP module 36 via a data source selector 15. In turn, the MPP module 36 can provide the measurement data and pre-processed data derived from the measurement data to one or more of the following: the orbit solution module 38, the clock solution module 44, and the low latency clock module 42. For instance, the MPP module 36 may communicate with the orbit solution module 38, the clock solution module 44 and the low latency clock module 42 via a data bus 22, a virtual communications path, a physical communications path, or some combination of the foregoing.
In one embodiment, the real-time data collector 19 can collect measurement data from the satellite reference receivers 30 in real time and can facilitate storage of the collected measurement data in the data storage device 24. Further in some embodiments, the real-time data collector 19 may comprise a data selector module 15 that distributes the collected data or measurement data to other modules in the data processing system 1011. In other embodiments, the data collector 19 can distribute collected data or measurement data to the other modules or data processing servers.
In one configuration, the measurement pre-processing (MPP) 36 module prepares “clean” measurements and provides wide lane fixed ambiguities and wide-lane bias product based on one or more data sources, such as real-time data measurements, off-line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 24-48 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 24-28 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
As illustrated, the orbit solution module 38 is adapted to provide accurate satellite position and satellite velocity estimates, based on one or more data sources, such as real-time data measurements, off- line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 24-48 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 24-28 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
In one embodiment, the clock solution module 44 is adapted to provide a satellite slow clock solution estimate and narrow-lane bias products at low rate, based on one or more data sources, such as real-time data measurements, off-line or stored data measurements (e.g., last 6 hours of stored data measurements), or a mix offline data (e.g., last 6 hours of stored data measurements) or stored data and real-time data measurements (e.g., real-time streaming data measurements).
The low latency clock module 42 or estimator 134 is adapted to provide a fast satellite clock estimate at lHz and integrate outputted MPP solutions, orbit solutions and slow clock solutions to generate a set of consistent correction data signals in real-time. In one configuration, the data source for the low latency clock module 42 is only accepted from real-time measurement stream. In one embodiment, the low latency clock module 42 only uses the carrier phase measurements to derive clock change between two different epochs. In order to improve computation efficiency, the double-differenced approach between time and satellites are used to reduce size of estimated states such as ambiguity and receiver clocks. The tropospheric biases are corrected using a model (e.g., an a priori model) and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution. The low latency clock module 42 estimates satellite clock changes, rather than absolute values of the clock data. Accordingly, the low latency clock computation is extremely efficient. For example, in a few milliseconds or less, the low latency clock module 42 can determine or estimate the satellite clock changes or low latency data for the relevant measurements of all reference receivers 30 for any epoch.
In one embodiment, each one of the MPP module 36, the orbit solution module 38 and the clock solution module 44 comprises two parts or components: (1) a Zero-Differential (ZD) Kalman filter or data processor 20; (2) Network ARE (e.g., Ambiguity Resolution Estimator (ARE)) module. Each Zero- differential Kalman filter processes received measurement data to form ZD measurements, to define state variables, and to update (e.g., dynamically) the Kalman filter measurements. The Network ARE module processes measurement data to perform ambiguity resolution. In one embodiment, the measurement pre- processing module accepts measurement data from the reference data network 32 as input data and applies the wide-lane estimator 34 to output wide-lane ambiguities and corresponding wide-lane bias.
Measurement Pre-processing Module
In one embodiment, at regular intervals (e.g., once per second) the measurement pre-processing module 36 pre-processes and cleans raw measurement data from one or more satellite reference receivers 30 or the reference station network 32 based on real-time or live measurement data, off-line recorded or stored measurement data, or both. Further, the MPP module 36 can resolve the widelane (WL) ambiguities. In one configuration, the MPP module 36 provides the filtered or “cleaned” measurements, fixed wide lane ambiguities, and satellite WL biases to the low latency clock module 42, the clock solution module 44 and the orbit solution module 38.
In certain configurations, MPP module 36 uses Melbourne-Wnbbena linear combination // WL as a Zero-Differential (ZD) measurement to estimate the following state variables:
• ZD float WL ambiguity per visible satellite and site which combining receiver wide lane bias and WL integer ambiguities. The ambiguity is resolved in double -difference (DD) and single-difference (SD) form, where the receiver WL bias is cancelled;
• One wide lane bias per satellite; and • One GLONASS Inter-frequency bias (IFB) WL coefficient per tracked site. Its sensitivity coefficient is the satellite frequency number. This sate variable only exists for GLONASS case.
In order to make the computation effective, the ZD Melbourne -Wiibbena measurements for each site are averaged at a time interval, such as 60 second, if there is no cycle slip. A cycle slip refers to a loss of lock or pull-in of the carrier phase for any satellite signal, for example. For each time interval, the filtered or smoothed ZD Melboume-Wiibbena measurements are processed in ZD Kalman filter site-by- site for each satellite reference receiver. At each measurement update interval, in the MPP module 36 the ZD Kalman filter dynamic update and measurement update is processed to update state variables.
In one embodiment, each GNSS system satellite can be modeled with a separate and distinct wide lane filter. For example, GPS with the Quazi-Zenith Satellite System (QZSS), GLONASS, GALIEO and BEIDOU systems each have a separate wide lane filter. The QZSS is a satellite-based augmentation system to supplement GPS for an Asian area. Note that the reference receiver bias is not a desirable global differential product because it is not used for user receiver navigation. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, to reduce filter size and computation complexity, the reference receiver WL bias is not explicitly estimated; instead, the WL bias is combined into the ZD float ambiguity state.
Orbit Solution Module
The orbit solution module 38 is a major module of the estimator 34 that estimates the satellite orbits of one or more constellations or groups of GNSS satellites. The clock solution module 44 and the low latency clock model 42 rely on the predicted orbits provided over time intervals (e.g., every few minutes) from the orbit solution module 38. The orbit solution module 38 provides orbit solutions at a lower rate such as every 300 seconds because the GNSS satellite orbits are generally smooth.
The data sources for orbit solution module 38 can be from either real-time measurements, off-line data 23 (e.g., recorded measurements or stored measurements, such as approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours of off-line historical measurement data), or any mix of real-time measurements and off-line data 23 (e.g., stored measurements, such as approximately 24 to approximately 48 hours. In one embodiment, the MPP module 36 takes at least 24 hours of off-line data 23 for orbit solution to reach steady states. In one configuration, in the estimator 34, the MPP module 36, orbit solution module 38, the slow clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42 can run in parallel in accordance with parallel data processing processes.
In one embodiment, the orbit solution module 38 uses the refraction-corrected code and carrier phase measurements from one or more reference receivers 30 or the global reference station network 32. The orbit solution module 38 may be configured as a filter that processed are three types of state variables, such as one or more of the following: (1) Satellite dependent state variables including satellite position, velocity, satellite clock, satellite narrow-lane bias, yaw rate and empirical solar radiation force modeling parameter;
(2) Receiver dependent state variables including reference position, receiver clocks, residual troposphere bias and gradients, carrier phase ambiguities; and
(3) Common state variables including Earth Orientation parameters such as polar motion and University Time-Universal Coordinated Time (UT1-UTC).
In order to provide correction data for global differential positioning services, the orbit solution module 38 estimates the precise orbits and the uplink station 28 or other wireless communication device transmits the precise orbits to end-user mobile receivers 12 in real-time. Typically, predicted satellite orbits (e.g., called o2c data) over a certain maximum time interval (e.g., few minutes) are considered known in the clock estimation because the errors of these predicted orbits are rather small and stable and can even be absorbed by the estimated clocks. The predicted satellite orbits (e.g., orbit o2c data) can be used to generate orbit corrections for the estimated precise orbits. Further, the predicted satellite orbits can be used to correct orbital errors in the slow clock solution module 44 and low latency clock module 42, such as by providing the orbit correction or corrected estimated precise orbits to the slow clock solution module 44, the low latency clock module 42, or both.
Clock Solution Module
In one embodiment, the measurements from reference receivers 30 are collected, pre-processed and are batched for the correction system 1011 to process when they arrive at one or more data processing centers 218. The longer time the data processing center 218 waits, the more measurements are collected, which delays output and distribution of the correction data. The clock solution module 44 estimates many states to determine or estimate clock solutions, which can contribute to lag in the computation process. To reduce the correction latency and utilize the more measurements, two clock solutions including slow clock and low latency clock solution are considered. In the slow clock solution, all the measurements are batched as long as they arrived before a fixed latency such as within a time range of approximately 6 seconds to approximately 15 seconds.
The clock solution module 44 determines or estimates the slow clock solution from data sources such as real-time measurements of the reference receivers 30, off-line recorded measurements or stored measurements (e.g., 2-3 hours of offline storage), or a combination or mix of real-time measurement data and off-line recorded measurements or streams. The clock solution module 44 typically takes at least 6 hours to reach steady states for a slow clock solution. In one example, the slow clock solution module 44 uses similar measurements and ZD Kalman filter as orbit solution module 38, except for several major differences: First, the clock solution module 44 is running at a different rate such as approximately 30 second or 60 seconds unlike approximately 300 second rate for the orbit solution module 38 because clock corrections vary more quickly than orbit corrections. Second, in the slow clock solution module 44, all the state variables remain the same as in the orbit solution module 38, except satellite orbit-related states which are not estimated, but use the orbit estimation results from orbit solution. Third, the slow clock solution module 44 or estimator 34 outputs a complete set of global difference corrections, including satellite orbit corrections, satellite clock corrections, satellite WL biases, NL biases and quality information. The foregoing corrections and estimated tropospheric parameters will be sent into low latency clock module 42. Note that all the biases refer to satellite WL and NL biases because receiver bias is not of interest to global differential correction product that is distributed to mobile receivers 12.
In the clock solution module 44, un-differenced refraction-corrected code and carrier phase observations are used to estimate satellite and receiver clocks, troposphere biases, satellite narrow-lane bias. The update rate is typically low, for example a low update rate (e.g., 5 minute update rate for orbit or 30 seconds for slow clock, or even longer). Because a large number of ambiguities have to be estimated together with both receiver and satellites clock parameters, the clock solution module 44 determines and updates the slow clock solution at a low update rate with ambiguity resolution and satellite bias estimation. The estimator 34 or slow clock solution module 44 may wait for longer time prior to engaging in a batch computation or computation of the slow clock solution to ensure enough measurements from the reference receivers 30 or reference network are collected and processed when they arrive at one or more data processing centers 218. The longer time the clock solution module 44 waits, the more measurements are collected by the data collector 19 and the longer delay for generating clock corrections. In one configuration, the clock solution module 44 is configured to determine real-time satellite clocks along with satellite biases to preserve the integer nature of ambiguity for the mobile receiver 12. The ambiguity fixing can reduce the convergence time and improve the accuracy of navigation, for instance.
Low Latency Clock Module
The low latency clock module 42 determines changes or adjustment to the slow satellite clock to reduce the correction latency. To improve clock accuracy with consistent satellite bias product and also reduce the correction latency, the clock solution module 44 and the low latency clock module 42 run two parallel clock processes in cooperation with each other. The low latency clock module 42 uses the carrier phase measurements only to compute the clock change (delta clock). The slowly changing parameters such as troposphere and satellite narrow lane bias are fixed to the estimates from the slow clock solution module 44 which update regularly (e.g., periodically) at update time interval from slow clock process to low latency clock process, such as an update interval of every 30 seconds.
The low latency clock module 42 can use the delta carrier phase between TO (at zero seconds) and current epoch Tito estimate the delta clocks. When the slow clock provides new reference epoch such as T30 epoch (at 30 seconds), the low latency clock will change reference epoch from TO to T30.
In one embodiment, a few minutes, such as 300 seconds, after reaching the orbit solution, the low latency clock fixes predicted orbits (02C data) in a low latency clock solution. The low latency clock only estimates delta satellite clocks so that the computation (of the delta satellite clocks) can be updated at very high rate. The pre-processed measurements from the MPP module 36 are batched and sent to low latency clock module 42 after a few seconds waiting window, such as 1 to 2 seconds. Meanwhile, the orbit solution module 38 and clock solution module 44 provides to orbit and clock solutions, respectively, after longer period, such as 6 seconds to 15 seconds. The low latency clock solution is designed to reduce the correction latency and to improve clock accuracy with absolute clocks from slow clock solution.
In order to improve computation efficiency, the double-differenced measurements between time and satellites are used so that some unnecessary states, such as ambiguity and receiver clocks are removed. In one configuration, highest elevation satellite in view (e.g., in reliable reception range and with a sufficient azimuth) without cycle slips (e.g., in the phase of one or more received carrier phase signals of reference satellite) is selected as a reference satellite for each respective reference receiver 30 or respective site.
The tropospheric biases are corrected using a priori model and residual troposphere bias estimation from slow clock solution. The only states for satellite clock changes are estimated. The a priori satellite clock rates from broadcast ephemeris are loosely used to estimate delta satellite clocks. Of course, a RAIM (receiver autonomous integrity monitoring) algorithm is used to ensure to detect and remove any measurement with cycle slips.
The data processor 20, the correction manager 40 or the low-latency clock applies a RAIM algorithm to the delta clock filter 412. The RAIM algorithm comprises software that uses an over- determined solution or redundant calculations to check the consistency of satellite measurements, such as carrier phase measurements and code phase measurements of one or more satellites for each reference receiver 30 in the network.
In one configuration, a Kalman filter or Least Squares approach can be used to estimate delta clock. The number of estimated state variables or unknowns is equal to the number of active satellites.
The data processing center 218 can typically process the measurements for the low latency clock within a few milliseconds or less, which is faster (e.g., hundreds times faster) than the clock solution module 44 providing the slow clock solution. In some configurations, the slow clock solution module 44 can take two seconds to three seconds to finish the measurement processing for one epoch. After the first epoch, the low latency clock module 42 p provides satellite clock changes that are integrated with absolute clocks from slow clock solution to derive absolute clocks for any epochs. For the low latency clock module 42, only the real-time data source of the reference receivers 30 is accepted for real-time processing because there is no pull-in time for the low latency clock solution. Finally, the orbit data, clock correction data and satellite WL/NL bias products with quality information are sent to the user at the mobile receiver 12 through satellite L-band, wireless communication system or internet in real-time.
FIG. 11 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal. The method of FIG. 11 begins in step S900.
In step S900, one or more reference receives receive a series of raw satellite signal measurements. The raw satellite signal measurements are transmitted or communicated from the one or more reference receivers 30 to the data processing center (118, 218) (e.g., data processing hub.) For example, the reference receivers 30 may communicate with one or more data ports 2626 of the data processing system.
In step S902, the data storage device 24 stores the received raw satellite signal measurements for a series of time windows (or time intervals) prior to a current time (current GNSS measurement time). Each one of the satellite signal measurements is associated with a respective stored measurement time tag. Step S902 may be carried out by using time windows or time intervals of various durations. In one example, the data storage device 24 stores the received raw satellite signal measurements in accordance with the time windows, where the time windows are cumulatively at least 24 hours in duration. In another example, the time windows are cumulative within a range from approximately 24 hours to approximately 48 hours in duration.
In step S904, during a warm-start mode, the data processor 20, data processing center 118, or estimator 34 estimates or determines a satellite correction signal based on satellite orbit data, satellite clock data, and satellite bias correction data derived from stored received raw satellite signal measurements. During the warm-start mode or start-up mode, the data processor 20 or estimator 34 feeds approximately six hours of stored data measurements into the slow clock estimation module to reach steady state orbit estimation. During the start-up mode or warm-start mode, historical stored data measurements are not required to feed the low latency clock.
In step S906, the data processing center 118, the data processor 20 or the data source selector 15 (e.g., switch) seamlessly switches a measurement data source from the stored received raw satellite signal measurements to live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements approaches or reaches the current time, where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is less than a threshold time range. For example, after the warm-start mode during a normal operation mode, the data processing center (118 or 218), the data processor 20 or the data source selector 15 (e.g., switch) seamlessly switches a measurement data source from the stored received raw satellite signal measurements to live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements approaches or reaches the current time.
FIG. 12 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal. The method of FIG. 12 is similar to the method of FIG. 11, except the method of FIG. 12 further includes the steps S908 and S910.
In step S908, the data processing center (118 or 218) or data processor 20 determines when the satellite orbit data, the satellite clock data, and the satellite bias data (e.g., wide -narrow lane bias data) have converged to reliable satellite correction data with ambiguity resolution.
In step S910, the data processing center (118 or 218) or data processor 20 provides reliable correction data with ambiguity resolution to end users via a satellite communications channel. For example, the data processing center (118 or 218) or data processor 20 wirelessly provides and updates the correction data to mobile satellite receivers at a rate of at least 1 Hertz or greater. The satellite uplink transmits the correction data an updates to a communication satellite, which repeats or retransmits the uplink transmission for receipt by a terrestrial wireless correction device 14 that is associated with or co- located with a mobile receiver 12.
FIG. 13 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal. The method of FIG. 13 is similar to the method of FIG. 11, except the method of FIG. 12 further includes the step S912.
In step S912, during a normal operation mode, data processor 20 or data processing center 118 estimates differential correction signal with satellite orbit data, satellite clock bias data, and satellite bias data based on real-time live received raw measurements. The clock data and satellite clock bias data results from integrating two parallel clock estimation processes including a slow clock solution and low latency clock solution, where the low latency clock solution is estimated as a delta or change with respect to the slow clock solution.
The correction system and method supports reliable, precise and quick warm start because both offline recorded data and real-time data are fed into the estimator or associated server software to speed up GNSS correction convergence. The warm start is associated with the use of the recorded off-line measurement data and associated ephemeris data to reduce the start-up time required to provide correction data and distribute correction signals to the mobile receivers, or subscribers or end users of the mobile receivers. In some examples, for a local correction system with a single site data processing center, the warm start can reduce the start-up time for providing a reliable steady-state precise correction data from approximately 24 hours to approximately 48 hours to approximately 1.5 hours to approximately 3 hours. For correction global correction system with multiple site data processing centers, the warm start can reduce the start-up time for providing a reliable steady-state precise correction data from approximately 14 days to approximately two to three days. After the orbit and clock solutions are convergent, a consistent set of correction signals including satellite orbit, clock, wide-narrow satellite bias and quality information can be transmitted wirelessly or delivered in a timely manner through satellite L-band, wireless communications or internet in real-time.
FIG. 14 illustrates a flow chart of one embodiment of a method for providing a satellite correction signal. The method of FIG. 14 is similar to the method of FIG. 11, except the method of FIG. 14 replaces step S906 with step S914.
In accordance with one example as illustrated in step S914 of FIG. 14, a data source selector 15 is adapted to use a mix or combination of measurement data sources comprising the stored received raw satellite signal measurements and live, real-time raw satellite signal measurements, if or when the respective measurement time tag of a last-processed one of the stored received satellite signal measurements has not yet approached or reached the current time (e.g., current GNSS measurement time), where a difference between the respective measurement time tag of the corresponding last-processed, stored received raw satellite measurement and the current time is greater than a threshold time range. In one embodiment, the estimator 34 can provide all necessary computations, such as measurement pre- processing, orbit and clock determination, ambiguity resolution and the final correction generation, within a fraction of second. Advantageously, step S914 can use parallel processing techniques within each data processing center 218 to process simultaneously stored signal measurements and current live signal measurements, where the measurements comprise the satellite carrier phase measurements, to facilitate a warm start of the correction data and/or potentially reduced convergence time to ambiguity resolution associated with the correction data. For instance, the parallel processing may entail the data processing center 218 using multiple servers at once or simultaneously to execute one or more modules of the estimator (34 or 134) or multiple electronic data processors 20 (e.g., multiple microprocessor cores) within the data processing center 218 to execute software instructions associated one or more modules of the estimator (24 or 134).
WL bias filtering system
In FIG. 15 A, the WL (wide-lane) bias filtering system 505 comprises the main WL (wide-lane) ZD (zero-difference) filter (400, 501) and an additional or supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for each satellite (e.g., in view of within a reliable signal reception range, subject to any hardware data processing or memory limitations).
In one embodiment, the main WL ZD filter 501 may comprise an optional MPP ZD filter 400 of FIG. 4, as indicated by the dashed lines in FIG. 15A. The optional MPP ZD filter 400 of FIG. 15A may be configured to link to or communicate with a corresponding optional wide-lane estimator 37 (e.g., WL bias filter) illustrated in dashed lines in FIG. 4, where a bank or group of WL filters 504 may supplement the optional wide-lane estimator 37. For example, a bank or group of WL filters 504 is available for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range.
Cumulatively or separately, the WL bias filtering system 505 can replace, incorporate, link to, or communicate with, the WL ZD filter 400, alone or together with its corresponding optional WL estimator 37 (e.g., wide-lane bias estimator), in any of the drawings in the disclosure. In practice, each GNSS reference receiver has bank of supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) and a bank of corresponding WL ZD filters (400, 501). Each WL ZD filter (400, 501) may comprise a predictive filter or first WL Kalman filter. Each supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) may comprise a second WL Kalman filter. In the WL filtering system, the main WL ZD filter (400, 501) is coupled to the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for communication of states parameters or data. For instance, the main ZD filter or first WL Kalman filter provides WL residuals 502 (e.g., post-fit WL residuals) for a respective satellite to the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for the respective satellite. In turn, the WL bias predictive filter 504 provides the dynamic noise 503 for one or more of the WL bias.
The WL bias for a satellite may be mapped to corresponding resolved DD integer ambiguities for the satellite or a cluster of satellites. Satellite wide-lane bias is not constant, but often changes slowly over time, such as within .05 cycles to .2 cycles (at WL frequency or bandwidth) deviation from the mean satellite wide-lane bias over a time period or series of epochs. However, under some conditions the satellite WL bias could change rapidly and/or with a greater deviation from the mean satellite WL bias because of external conditions outside the control of the receiver (e.g., GNSS mobile receiver and GNSS reference receiver); hence, there are two WL bias filtering modes in conjunction with the WL bias filtering system 505: (1) first WL filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode) for slowly varying WL bias of any respective satellite and (2) a second WL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL bias filtering mode) for rapid and/or greater variations in WL bias of any respective satellite that may occur from time to time or in transient time periods. For any epoch or series of successive epochs, the two mutually exclusive filtering modes can be invoked individually and independently for any satellite within a constellation of satellites or that can be invoked individually and independently for a group of satellites within the constellation of satellites. In one embodiment, the first WL filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode) is associated with an accompanying first set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and states for the WL bias filtering system 505; the second WL filtering mode (e.g., time- variant WL bias filtering mode) is associated with an accompanying second set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and filter states for the WL bias filtering system 505, which may comprise a pair of main WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., first WL Kalman filter) and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., second WL Kalman filter) for each respective satellite.
Under the first WL filtering mode, in one configuration the main WL ZD filter (400, 501) assumes or receives verification that satellite bias changes slowly over time and/or the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) can verify that assumption or changes in that verification. Accordingly, in the first filtering WL mode (e.g., conventional WL bias mode), the main WL ZD bias filter or WL ZD filter (400, 501) applies a first WL tuned level of dynamic noise or first WL tuned range of dynamic noise based on the supplemental WL predictive filter's evaluation of WL residuals for the same satellite. Under a first example, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) provides or outputs the first WL tuned level of dynamic noise, which may comprise a constant dynamic noise (e.g., le 8 watts or 10,000 picowatts) for wide-lane bias. Under a second example, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) provides or outputs the first WL tuned range of dynamic noise, which may comprise a constant dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5,000 picowatts to 15,000 picowatts) for wide-lane bias. The dynamic noise may be provided in the units of watts or dBm (decibel milliwatts). In one embodiment, the dynamic noise may be modeled as white noise with a Guassian distribution.
However, under the second WL bias filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL bias mode), the additional or supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) may comprise a second Kalman filter (e.g., one -dimensional filter), or a residual WL bias filter to monitor the satellite residual WL bias to trigger/support application of second WL tuned dynamic noise (e.g., to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise), where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise. The second WL tuned dynamic noise may comprise a dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5e 6 watts or 5,000,000 picowatts) in the WL ZD bias filter (e.g., Kalman filter), for instance. Cumulatively with, or separately from, the selection of the second WL tuned dynamic noise, the additional or supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) may comprise a second Kalman filter (e.g., one -dimensional filter), or a residual WL bias filter to monitor the satellite residual WL bias to trigger/support application of second WL tuned range of dynamic noise, where the second WL tuned range of dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned range dynamic noise.
The WL bias filtering system 505, first WL Kalman filter, or electronic data processor manages a transition between the first WL bias filtering mode and the second WL bias filtering mode (e.g., from the conventional WL bias filtering mode to time -variant WL bias filtering mode) based on the supplemental WL bias predictive filter's (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter's) evaluating the satellite WL residuals for a particular satellite and generating a corresponding dynamic noise (e.g., first WL tuned dynamic noise or the second WL tuned dynamic noise). In one embodiment, the WL bias filtering system 505 applies the following equations fortuning or selection ofWL dynamic noise and associated WL bias (filtering) modes.
The post-fit WL residuals (e.g., a component of in equation A8 or B2) of given satellites from all the receivers are fed into the WL bias filtering system 505 or the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) as measurements: where bt are the satellite wide-lane residuals (e.g., WL residuals associated with resolved WL ambiguities, WL bias, or both for a given satellite) or wide-lane bias residuals for a respective satellite; is the variance of the wide-lane bias residuals for a respective satellite; t and are the measurement time and interval of sampling, respectively; and is dynamic noise. The supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter) applies following test statistic or derived metric (T or TWL) to determine whether the dynamic noise of the wide lane bias is properly set or not (e.g., in the WL ZD filter (400, 501) or first WL Kalman filter):
For example, if the WL bias predictive filter or electronic data processor determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TWL) in Eq 33 is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise (e.g., first WL tuned dynamic noise or first WL tuned range of dynamic noise), the (a) the residual wide lane bias bt is significant, and (b) it indicates that the first tuned dynamic noise is set too small or too low, and (c) the dynamic noise is required to increase (e.g., from a first tuned dynamic noise to a second tuned dynamic noise, or from a first tuned dynamic noise range to second tuned dynamic noise range) consistent with a transition from the first WL bias filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode) to the second WL bias filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL bias filtering mode).
Within the second WL bias filtering mode of the WL bias filtering system 505, the inflated scale could set be as T2 (e.g., or bounded by a limit of 100 times the original scale) to allow the WL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation or limit from its mean WL bias over one or more epochs. For example, the revised dynamic noise may allow the WL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation of .2 to .5 cycles (at the WL frequency or wavelength) from the mean WL bias of a particular satellite over one or more epochs. Further, the increase in the dynamic noise (e.g., of the first tuned dynamic noise) can be bounded with certain range (e.g., second tuned range of dynamic noise) such that the next dynamic noise could equal the previous dynamic noise multiplied by a suitable multiplier (e.g., 100) that is characteristic of the operational environment of the carrier signals and encoded modulation, such as any C/A and/or PN codes that modulate each carrier signal.
However, if the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TWL) is less than the specified threshold of dynamic noise or the first tuned dynamic noise (e.g., approximately watts or 10,000 picowatts), the residual wide lane bias is not significant, and it confirms that the previous dynamic noise or first tuned dynamic noise (e.g., watts) or first tuned range of dynamic noise is set properly; hence, the WL bias filtering system 505, such as the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., second Kalman filter), WL ZD filter (400, 501), or both, can remain in the first WL bias filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode).
The WL bias filtering system 505 is configured to determine whether to operate in a first wide- lane filtering mode with a corresponding first limited deviation (e.g., first WL threshold) of a next wide lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch with respect to a previous mean of the WL bias from a series of previous successive epochs, or a second wide-lane filtering mode with a corresponding second limited deviation (e.g., second WL threshold) of a next wide lane bias correction for the given satellite for the next epoch, or a transient period thereafter, with respect to the previous mean that is greater than (outside the limits of) the first limited deviation (e.g., first WL threshold) for each corresponding satellite.
For each satellite within reception range, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center), is configured to determine a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance. Further, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 is configured to provide to the WL ZD filter (400, 501), a second WL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., as the current setting for the current epoch and to transition from the first WL filtering mode to the second WL filtering mode) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
For each satellite within reception range, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center), is configured to determine a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance. The supplemental WL bias predictive filter 504 is configured to provide to the WL ZD filter (400, 501), a first WL tuned dynamic noise (as maintenance of the next setting for the next epoch to remain in the first WL filtering mode) to maintain the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter (400, 501) (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is equal to or less than the derived metric, and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
To the extent the WL bias filtering system 505, WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., first Kalman filter), and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter or second Kalman filter) use the above test to transition between the first WL bias filtering mode and the second WL bias filtering mode made (e.g., from the conventional WL bias mode to time-variant WL bias mode), the technical approach has universal or general applicability. For example, the above test and technical approach can apply to various different operating conditions of the satellite and associated GNSS receiver on a satellite-by- satellite basis, including one or more of the following: (1) changes in transmit signal power of a satellite carrier signal, (2) changes in received signal-to-noise ratio of one or more satellite carrier signals, (3) interference to or fading of the satellite carrier signal, (4) change in or allocation of signal power to, between or among C/A code modulation, PI (P(Y) code on LI) code modulation or P2 (P(Y) code on L2 modulation, (5) changes in the signal path of the transmit signal with the satellite, (6) switching to a redundant satellite transmitter on the same satellite, (7) changing of an active antenna or antenna array elements, or (8) switching to or activating a different satellite signal path of the satellite electronics with different thermal noise energy or a perceived satellite clock difference associated with the satellite signal path.
In an alternate embodiment, the transition between the WL filtering modes can be further managed by requiring not only the above test, but cumulatively additional factors including any of the following, which may be applied separately or cumulatively for any satellite: an observed material change per unit time in the signal to noise-ratio of carrier signals and/or an observed material change in the differential code bias between different code components, where the above additional factors can be measured in the measurement module or carrier phase measurement module of one or more reference receivers.
NL bias filtering system
In FIG. 15B, the NL (narrow-lane) bias filtering system 507 comprises a pair or set of a main NL (narrow-lane) ZD (zero-difference) filter (404, 408, 506) and a NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 for each corresponding satellite. For example, the main NL ZD filter 506 is configured to communicate with a bank or group of code bias filters 512 for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range. In one embodiment, the main NL ZD filter 506 may comprise the orbit ZD filter 404, or the clock ZD filter 408, or both the orbit ZD filter 404 and the clock ZD filter 408. The orbit ZD filter 404 may be configured to link to or communicate with a corresponding optional narrow-lane estimator 39 (e.g., NL bias filter), illustrated in dashed lies in FIG. 4, where a bank or group of code bias filters 512 may supplement the optional narrow-lane estimator 39 for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range. Similarly, the clock ZD filter 408 may be configured to link to communicate with a corresponding optional narrow-lane estimator 43 (e.g., NL bias filter), illustrated in dashed lines in FIG. 4, where the bank or group of code bias filters 512 may supplement the optional narrow-lane estimator 39 for each satellite in view or within reliable signal reception range.
The clock solution module 44 and its clock ZD filter 408 uses the same measurements as the orbit solution module 38 and its orbit ZD filter 404, except the clock solution module 44 may operate a higher rate than the orbit solution module because the clock corrections tend to vary more quickly than orbit corrections. The orbit solution module 38 may operate an orbit refresh rate, orbit update rate, or orbit data processing clock rate that is less than the slow clock refresh rate, slow clock update rate, or slow clock processing clock rate and that is less than the low-latency clock refresh rate, the low-latency clock update rate and the low-latency processing clock rate. Further, while operating at slow clock refresh rate, slow clock update rate or slow clock processing clock rate, the clock solution module 44 can reference, access, rely on or leverage the orbit estimation results (of the orbit solution module 38), such as: (a) modeling and estimation of fdter state variables, sensitivity coefficients of the orbit ZD filter (404), and (b) refining prior narrow-lane bias estimates for the epoch or a previous epoch, such as satellite narrow-lane bias, receiver narrow-lane bias, satellite narrow-lane phase bias, receiver narrow-lane phase bias, satellite narrow-lane code bias, and/or receiver narrow-lane code bias.
Cumulatively or separately, the NL bias filtering system 507 can replace, incorporate, link to, or communicate with the (NL) ZD filter (404 or 408), alone or together with its corresponding optional NL (bias) estimator (39 or 43), respectively, in any of the drawings in the disclosure. In practice, each GNSS NL bias filtering system comprises a NL bias predictive filter, a code phase bias filter, or both. The NL bias/code-phase bias filter 512 may be configured as a second NL Kalman filter. In the NL filtering system, the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) is coupled to the NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 for communication of states parameters or data. For instance, the main ZD filter or first Kalman filter provides RC NL code residuals 508 for a respective satellite to the NL bias filter/code-phase filter 512 for the respective satellite. In turn, the NL bias filter/code phase filter 512 provides the dynamic noise 510 for one or more of the following biases: NL bias, the refraction-corrected (RC) NL (code) bias, and/or the code- phase bias.
The NL bias for a satellite may be mapped to corresponding resolved DD integer ambiguities for the satellite or a cluster of satellites. Satellite narrow-lane bias is not constant, but often changes slowly over time, such as within 0 cycles to approximately .2 cycles (at NL frequency or bandwidth) deviation from the mean satellite narrow-lane bias over a time period or series of epochs. However, under some conditions the satellite NL bias could change rapidly and/or with a greater deviation from the mean satellite NL bias, such as 0 to approximately 2 cycles (at the NL frequency or bandwidth) deviation from the mean NL bias over a time period or series of epochs because of external conditions outside the control of the receiver (e.g., GNSS mobile receiver and GNSS reference receiver); hence, there are two NL bias filtering modes: (1) first NL filtering mode (e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode) for slowly varying NL bias of any respective satellite and (2) a second NL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant NL bias filtering mode) for rapid and/or greater variations in NL bias of any respective satellite that may occur from time to time or in transient time periods. For any epoch or series of successive epochs, the two mutually exclusive NL filtering modes can be invoked individually and independently for any satellite within a constellation of satellites or that can be invoked individually and independently for a group of satellites within the constellation of satellites. In one embodiment, the first NL filtering mode (e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode) is associated with an accompanying first set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and states; the second NL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant NL bias filtering mode) is associated with an accompanying second set of Kalman filter constraints, parameters and filter states.
Under the conventional NL bias filtering mode, the first main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) assumes or receives verification that satellite bias changes slowly over time from the NL bias filter/code- phase filter for the same particular satellite. In the first NL filtering mode the NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 provides or outputs the first NL tuned level of dynamic noise to main NL bias filter or NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) based on the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter's evaluation of satellite RC code residuals. Under a first example, NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 provides or outputs the first NL tuned level of dynamic noise, which may comprise a smaller and constant dynamic noise (e.g., le 7 watts or 100,000 picowatts) for narrow-lane bias. Under a second example, NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 provides or outputs the first NL tuned range of dynamic noise for the NL bias. The dynamic noise may be provided in the units of watts or dBm (decibel milliwatts). In one embodiment, the dynamic noise may be modeled as white noise with a Guassian distribution.
However, under the second NL bias filtering mode, the NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 may comprise second NL Kalman filter, or a residual NL code-phase bias filter 512, to monitor the satellite RC code-phase residuals to trigger/support application of second NL tuned dynamic noise (e.g., to replace the first tuned dynamic noise), where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise. The second NL tuned dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5e 5 watts) may comprise a dynamic noise, that is larger than the first NL tuned dynamic noise applicable in the NL ZD bias filter (e.g., first NL Kalman filter) or the NL bias filtering system 507. Cumulatively with, or separately from, the selection of the second NL tuned dynamic noise, the NL bias filter/code-phase filter may comprise a second Kalman NL filter (e.g., one -dimensional filter), or code-phase bias residual filter to monitor the satellite residual RC code phase to trigger/support application of second NL tuned range of dynamic noise, where the second NL tuned range of dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned range dynamic noise.
The NL bias filtering system 507, first NL Kalman filter, or electronic data processor manages a transition between the first NL bias filtering mode and the second NL bias filtering mode (e.g., from the conventional NL bias filtering mode to time -variant NL bias filtering mode) based on the supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase filter's evaluating the satellite refraction-corrected (RC) code-phase residuals for a particular satellite and generating a corresponding dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise or the second NL tuned dynamic noise). In one embodiment, the NL bias filtering system 507 applies the following equations for tuning or selection of NL dynamic noise and associated NL bias (filtering) modes:
The post-fit NL residuals (e.g., a component of in A15, A16 or residuals in C34) for a given satellites from all the receivers are fed into the NL bias filtering system 507, or the NL bias filter/code- phase filter, as measurements. where are the satellite RC phase-code residuals (e.g., satellite NL bias residuals, for a respective satellite or any leading indicator of satellite NL bias); is the variance of the satellite NL bias residuals; t and are the measurement time and interval of sampling, respectively; and where is dynamic noise. The NL bias filter/code -phase filter applies the following derived metric or test statistic (T or TNL) to determine whether the dynamic noise of the narrow lane bias is properly set or not (e.g., in the main
NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) or first NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506)).
For example, if the NL bias filter/code -phase filter determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) in equation 57 is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise level or first NL tuned dynamic range), then: (a) the RC code-phase residual is significant, (b) it indicates that the dynamic noise is set too small or too low, and (c) the dynamic noise is required to increase consistent with a transition from the first NL filtering mode to the second NL filtering mode. Alternately, the NL bias filter/code phase filter determines that the derived metric or test statistic T in equation 57 is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise based on any material change or limit exceeded in the RC code-phase residual associated with the narrow-lane bias such that the narrow-lane bias may be subject to (future predicted) greater deviation from its mean narrow lane bias.
Within the second NL filtering mode (e.g., time -variant NL bias filtering mode), the inflated scale could set be as T 2 (e.g., or bounded by a limit of 100 times the original scale) to allow the NL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation or limit from its mean NL bias over one or more epochs. For example, the revised dynamic noise may allow the NL bias to fluctuate with a greater deviation of 0 to approximately 2 cycles (at the NL frequency or wavelength) from the mean NL bias of a particular satellite over one or more epochs. Further, the increase in the dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise) can be bounded with certain range such that the next dynamic noise (e.g., second NL tuned dynamic noise) could equal the previous dynamic noise multiplied by a suitable multiplier (e.g.,
100) that is characteristic of the operational environment of the signal -to-noise ratio of carrier signals and encoded modulation, such as any C/A and/or PN codes that modulate each carrier signal.
However, if the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) is less than the specified threshold of dynamic noise (e.g., watts or 10,000 picowatts), the RC code-phase residuals associated with the NL bias have not changed significantly, which indicates or confirms that the previous dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise, such as watts) of the NL bias, is set properly; hence, the NL bias filter (e.g., Kalman filter) or NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) can remain in the first NL bias filtering mode (e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode).
The data processing center or the NL bias filtering system 507 has bank of supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase bias and a bank of corresponding NL ZD filters (404, 408, 506). In one embodiment, the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) comprises a predictive filter, such as first NL Kalman filter; the NL bias filter/ code-phase bias filter 512 comprises a NL
The NL bias filtering system 507 is configured to determine whether to operate in a first narrow- lane filtering mode with a corresponding first limited deviation (e.g., first NL threshold) of a next narrow- lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch with respect to a previous mean of the NL bias from a series of previous successive epochs, or a second narrow-lane filtering mode with a corresponding second limited deviation (e.g., second NL threshold) of a next narrow-lane bias correction for the given satellite for the next epoch, or a transient period thereafter, with respect to the previous mean that is greater than (outside a limit of) the first limited deviation (e.g., first NL threshold) for each corresponding satellite. For each satellite within reception range, the supplemental NL bias filter/code -phase filter (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center) is configured to determine a derived metric (7M,) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase bias residuals) and their variance. The NL bias filter/code -phase filter is configured to provide to the NL ZD filter, a second NL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch to transition from the first NL filtering mode to the second NL filtering mode) to replace the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise and where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
For each satellite within reception range, determining, the supplemental NL bias filter/code -phase filter (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center), is configured to derive metric (TNL) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase bias residuals) and their variance. The NL bias filter/code -phase filter is configured to provide to the NL ZD filter, a first NL tuned dynamic noise (as the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
RC NL Code-Phase Residuals and Correction Signal Generation/Augmentation
The NL filtering system comprises a pair of main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) and a NL bias filter/code-phase bias filter 512 for each corresponding satellite. In one embodiment, the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) comprises a predictive filter, such as first NL Kalman filter; the NL bias filter/ code-phase bias filter 512 comprises a predictive filter, such as a second NL Kalman filter. In the NL filtering system, the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) is coupled to the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 for communication of states or data. For instance, the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) or first Kalman filter provides RC NL code residuals for a respective satellite to the NL bias filter/code- phase filter for the respective satellite. In turn, the NL bias filter/code -phase filter provides the dynamic noise (e.g., first NL tuned dynamic noise, second NL tuned dynamic noise, first NL tuned dynamic noise range, or second NL tuned dynamic noise range) for NL bias. Further, the NL bias filter/code phase filter can determine the contents of the correction signal based on the NL bias/filter code phase filter's evaluation of the refraction- corrected (RC) code-phase residuals. In one embodiment, one or more GNSS constellations, such as GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, BEIDOU and QZSS, can be integrated in one predictive fdter (e.g., Kalman filter) related to updating and managing the narrow-lane float ambiguity variance -covariance matrix. The float ambiguity variance- covariance matrix update shall include receiver bias update for each GNSS constellation as set forth below: where: is the residual satellite RC NL bias for the current epoch, current measurement interval, or current update of the predictive filter; is the residual satellite RC NL bias for the previous epoch, previous measurement interval, or previous update of the predictive filter; is the dynamic noise for NL receiver bias; and Atn-l,n is the measurement time or sampling interval of the previous epoch, previous measurement interval, or previous update of the predictive filter.
The satellite NL bias variance is also updated as follows:
The dynamic noise for satellite NL bias supports reliable and accurate estimation of the satellite NL bias further, the dynamic noise also has a significant impact on GNSS receiver navigation performance. If the dynamic noise is estimated (e.g., or set) to be too large, the rapid change of NL satellite bias, which includes both code and phase bias, can be reflected in the estimation. However, the NL bias accuracy could be degraded; hence, may be susceptible to degraded GNSS receiver navigation performance. If the dynamic noise is estimated to be (e.g., or set) too be too small, the estimated NL bias could be improperly biased, which would not reflect rapid change of satellite transmit power or fading, such as caused by GPS flex power of carrier signals further, the RC NL code may diverge from the true steady-state values in the GNSS receiver after initialization and resolution of the NL ambiguities. In order to optimally tune the dynamic noise for satellite NL bias, a bank of one-dimensional filters, which include one filter for each satellite can be configured to support adaptive estimation of satellite narrow-lane bias.
The residual refraction-corrected (RC) code-phase biases for any corresponding satellite exhibits a high degree of temporal correlation for short time spans. The RC code-phase biases for a respective satellite can be represented as a function of time for short periods of up to a few minutes. The same or similar assumptions support a Gauss Markov process for the systematic bias as following equations (55-56). where Bt and Q gt are the residual satellite RC code-phase bias and its variance, t and are the measurement time and interval of sampling respectively, is dynamic noise for RC code-phase bias. The NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 determines the following derived metric or test statistic (T or TNL) to determine whether the dynamic noise of the narrow lane bias ^indicates augmentation of the correction signal with code-phase bias data for any respective satellite, or transmission or broadcast of such augmented signal to GNSS mobile receivers or rovers with correction service subscription:
In one embodiment, post-fit RC NL code residuals (e.g., a component of in A15, A16 or residuals in C34) for any given satellite from a set or cluster of reference receivers (e.g., all reference receivers) are fed into the NL filtering system (e.g., NL bias/code -phase bias filter 512) as measurements to estimate residual satellite RC code-phase bias for the given satellite. The RC code-phase bias should be close to or approach zero in normal case in equation 55. For the correction signal augmentation or broadcast, the default dynamic noise of the code-phase bias or RC code phase bias could be set dynamic noise values such as (e.g., approximately watts or 50,000,000 picowatts), which is typically larger than the dynamic noise (e.g., of approximately watts or 100,000 picowatts) for narrow-lane bias The dynamic noise may be provided in the units of watts or dBm (decibel milliwatts). In one embodiment, the dynamic noise may be modeled as white noise with a Guassian distribution.
With respect to the phase-code bias, the derived metric or test statistic can be used to decide data processing and computer resource allocation related to any of the following phase-code bias correction parameters: (1) to determine phase-code bias for one or more respective satellites, (2) to determine phase- code bias or differential phase code bias for corresponding course acquisition code (C/A), PN code, P(Y) code, P(l) or P(2) that modulate on or more carriers signals of one or more respective satellites, (3) to incorporate phase-code bias data into the correction signal, and (4) to broadcast the phase-code bias data. Separately or cumulatively, the above phase-code bias correction parameters are not transmitted with the correction signal in a primary mode and transmitted to the correction signal in the secondary mode.
If NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 determines that the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) in equation 57 is less than a threshold of dynamic noise (e.g., approximately watts), the residual RC NL code-phase bias for a corresponding satellite is not significant, and it confirms that the previous dynamic noise qg (e.g., approximately watts) is set properly; hence, the NL bias filtering system 507 (e.g., Kalman filter) or NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) can remain in the primary mode, in which the above phase-code bias correction parameters are not transmitted to rover or mobile GNSS stations that subscribe the correction service. Further, in the primary mode because the residual RC NL code bias is not significant or material, the residual satellite RC NL code bias is not incorporated into the correction signal. For instance, not determining the code-phase bias or code-phase bias correction parameters can reduce data processing requirements, energy consumption and the required wireless bandwidth (e.g., satellite bandwidth) to transmit correction signals from a ground station to a communications satellite that repeats or retransmits the signals to rovers or mobile GNSS receivers that subscribe to a satellite correction service.
However, if the NL bias filter/code -phase bias filter 512 determines the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) is greater than the specified threshold, the residual RC code-phase bias is significant; hence, it indicates that the dynamic noise (e.g., approximately 5e 5 watts) is set too small and is required to increase consistent with the secondary mode. Within the secondary mode, the inflated scale could set be as T2 (e.g., or bounded by a limit of 100 times the original scale) to allow the code- phase bias (e.g., or RC code-phase bias) to fluctuate with a greater deviation or limit (e.g., typically measured in meters) from its mean code-phase vias (e.g., RC code-phase bias) over one or more epochs. For example, the increase in the dynamic noise can be bounded with certain range such that the next dynamic noise could equal the previous dynamic noise multiplied by a suitable multiplier (e.g., 100) that is characteristic of the operational environment of the carrier signals and encoded modulation, such as any C/A and/or PN codes that modulate each carrier signal. In the secondary mode when the derived metric or test statistic T (e.g., TNL) is significant, the residual satellite RC code-phase bias in equation 55 from clock solution will be broadcast out with orbit, clock and WL/NL bias and are used by the rover as known parameters to help positioning and navigation in real time. The equation 57 is used to adaptively increase dynamic noise for the satellite narrow-lane bias state in orbit and clock solution. It also decides whether satellite code-phase bias are broadcast or not.
A first WL filter comprises a main WL ZD filter (400, 501) for a corresponding satellite and a second WL filter comprises a supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter) for the corresponding satellite. In one embodiment, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504)
(e.g., residual WL bias filter) determines the operational dynamic noise level or range of the WL ZD filter (400, 501) or whether the WL ZD filter (400, 501) operates in a first filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode or in a second filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL bias filtering mode). In one embodiment, the WL ZD filter (400, 501) and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) each comprise a Kalman filter. Typically, a bank of first WL ZD filters (400, 501) and supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) are configured such that a pair of WL ZD filter (400, 501) and supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filters) are available for each respective satellite.
A first NL filter comprises NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) for a corresponding satellite and a second NL filter comprises a NL bias filter/code-phase filter (e.g., refraction corrected code residual NL bias filter) for the corresponding satellite. The NL bias filter/code-phase filter determines the dynamic noise level, constraint or parameter for the NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) or whether the NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) operates in a first NL filtering mode (e.g., conventional NL bias filtering mode) or in a second NL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant NL bias filtering mode). In one embodiment, both the NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) and the NL bias/code -phase filter each comprise Kalman filters. Typically, a bank of first NL filters and second NL filters are configured such that a pair of a NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) and a NL bias filter/code-phase filter are available for each respective satellite.
The NL bias filter/code-phase filter (e.g., RC code residual filter) monitors or evaluates the code- phase residuals that are provided by the main NL ZD filter (404, 408, 506) to the NL bias filter/code- phase filter (e.g., RC code residual NL filter). Further, the RC code residual filter can provide code-phase bias information to be incorporated or available for incorporation into the correction signal or correction data message for broadcast or wireless transmission the subscribers of mobile or rover GNSS receivers.
Wide lane or wide-lane carrier phase refers the combination or difference of carrier phase measurements of LI and L2 signals, where the wide-lane wavelength results from the subtraction of the LI and L2 carriers. An alternate wide-lane carrier phase may refer to the combination of L2 and L5 carrier phase signals, instead of the conventional wide-lane carrier phase of the LI and L2 signals.
The narrow lane or narrow-lane refers to the combination or sum of carrier phase measurements of the LI and L2 signals, where the narrow-land wavelength results from the addition of the LI and L2 carriers. An alternate narrow-lane carrier phase may refer to the combination of L2 and L5 carrier phase signals, instead of the conventional narrow-lane carrier phase of the LI and L2 signals.
Differential code bias includes any of the following: (1) a difference between pairs of code phases of the PI and P2 carrier signals for a respective satellite or set of satellites of one more GNSS systems (e.g., GPS PI- GPS P2; GLONASS Pl-GLONASS P2) for common epochs or sampling intervals; (2) a difference between pairs of PI carrier and L1C1 carrier signals for a respective satellite or set of satellites of one or more GNSS systems (e.g., GPS PI - GPS L1C1 or PI - Cl) for common epochs or sampling intervals; (3) a difference between pairs of code phases of the P2 carrier and L2C carrier signals for a respective satellite or set of satellites (e.g., GPS P2 - GPS L2C1 or P2-C1) of one or more GNSS systems for common epochs or sampling intervals. PI means the pseudo random noise code or P(Y) code on the LI carrier; P2 means the pseudo random noise code P(Y) code on the L2 carrier; Cl means the course- acquisition code (C/A) code of the LI carrier. Within the reference receiver (GNSS reference receiver), the baseband/IF processing module, the measurement module, or the code phase measurement module can support or facilitate determination of phase-code bias or differential code bias.
The received signal -to-noise ratios of any of the LI, L2 and L5 carrier signals of respective particular satellite can be used to detect whether that particular satellite employs flex power to redistribute energy or transmit power between or among different signal components to increase immunity to interference or protect against jamming. For example, the L1(P(Y)) and L2(P(Y)) signal components (or pseudorandom noise (PN) code on the LI and L2 carriers) may have increases signal power that results in a corresponding decrease in the LI (CA) or LI carrier course acquisition code power. Within the reference receiver (e.g., GNSS reference receiver), the baseband/IF processing module, the measurement module or the carrier phase measurement module can support of facilitate the estimation of signal-to- noise ratios of one or more carrier signals.
In practice, the Pl-Cl or P1-P2 differential code biases can be used to determine clock estimates (and orbit estimates) that are consistent with ionosphere-free linear combination of code observations provided by cross-correlation receiver.
In the data processing center, electronic data processor of the data processing center can use steps, shifts or discontinuities in the observed differential code bias alone, or together with steps, shifts, discontinuities or other rapid changes to the signal-to-noise ratio of certain carrier satellite signals (e.g.,
L2 (Y) or L5 P(Y)) reported by one or more reference receivers to detect potential discontinuities or required changes in the WL bias corrections or NL bias corrections. For example, as reported by one or more reference receivers, for any given satellite if the changes in the signal-to-noise ratio of the carrier signal exceeds a threshold change in signal-to-noise ratio, or if the changes in the differential code bias exceeds a threshold change in the differential code bias, or if both thresholds are exceeded, then in a time- variant WL bias mode the WL filter may adjust the WL filter bias that is provided for such satellite in the correction signal (e.g., in accordance with time-variant WL bias constraints of a Kalman filter) and in a time-variant NL bias mode the NL filter may adjust the NL filter bias the is provided for such satellite in the correction signal (e.g., in accordance with time-variant NL bias constraints of a Kalman filter). In contrast, in a conventional WL bias mode the WL filter may only allow lesser deviation, range or variation in the average or mean WL bias (e.g., in accordance with slowly varying WL bias constraints of a Kalman filter). Similarly, in the conventional NL bias mode the NL filter may only allow a lesser deviation, range or variation in the average or mean WL bias (e.g., in accordance with slowly varying NL bias constraints of a Kalman filter).
A position estimator or an ambiguity resolution engine estimates a wide-lane carrier phase ambiguity by determining the double-differenced wide-lane combination of the LI and L2 carrier phase measurements of a reference station and a mobile receiver. The double differenced wide-lane carrier phase combination is generally associated a double -differenced residual. The double differenced wide- lane carrier phase is differenced with the double-differenced narrow-lane code phase combination to determine a wide-lane ambiguity residual. The wide-lane ambiguity residual can be averaged over time to provide resolve or provide an estimate of the wide-lane integer ambiguity. For example, the wide-lane integer ambiguity can be resolved through statistical analysis of the average (e.g., mean) of the RMS error in the double-differenced residual, where a reference noise covariance for code and carrier phase is provided (e.g., from a look-up table or a data storage device). After resolving the ambiguity, the double- differenced carrier phase measurements can be used to estimate a relative range or vector measurement between the reference station and the mobile receiver. In one embodiment, a predictive filter (e.g., Kalman filter) or relative position estimator can apply least-squares estimation technique or similar search algorithm is applied to the relative range or vector measurements to determine the relative positions of the mobile receiver with respect to the reference station or other reference coordinates, where such estimation can further be adjusted for refraction correction and atmospheric propagation.
Banks of WL filters comprise pairs of WL Zero Difference filter and a supplemental WL bias predictive filters (504) for each satellite. With the first bank, each WL ZD filter (400, 501) is associated with a different corresponding satellite. Each WL ZD filter (400, 501) is coupled to a corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504). The WL ZD filter (400, 501) provides or outputs the WL bias associated with ambiguity resolution of the WL ambiguities for a respective satellite. The WL ZD filter (400, 501) provides or outputs satellite WL bias residuals to the corresponding supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) for a respective satellite. In turn, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) provides satellite the estimated dynamic noise of a WL bias for a corresponding satellite to the WL ZD filter (400, 501).
In one embodiment, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) comprises a predictive filter such as a Kalman filter. Similarly, the NL bias filter/code phase bias filter may comprise a predictive filter such as a Kalman filter. A Kalman filter generally uses summation of signals, delay and feedback to process measurement samples (e.g., WL residuals and/or RC code residuals) and to allow for noise and uncertainty. Here, for the WL estimations, for each given satellite, the Kalman filter receives measurement samples of satellite WL bias and satellite WL residuals and outputs the estimated dynamic noise of the satellite WL bias for a respective satellite (e.g., with a known satellite type and known satellite identifier). The WL bias filter or Kalman filter is configured: to generate or adjust the WL bias for a respective satellite in a correction signal to be in the time-variant WL mode that is subject to time- variant WL constraints, parameters and corresponding states or in the conventional WL mode that is subject to conventional WL constraints, parameters and corresponding states for a slowly varying WL bias. In an alternate embodiment, the Kalman filter may enable or activate the first WL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL filtering mode, for a time period or a series of epochs) based on one or more of the following factors: (1) evaluation of a derived metric, which is based on WL residuals (e.g., WL bias residuals and/or WL ambiguity residuals) and its variance for each satellite, with respect to a dynamic noise threshold; (2) detection of discontinuities or rate of change per unit time in signal-to-noise ratio of one or more carriers of the GNSS system; (3) detection of discontinuities or rate of change per unit time in code bias or differential code bias of one or more encoded signals (e.g., PN signal modulating a carrier or course acquisition code modulating a carrier).
Dynamic noise in the determined or estimated WL bias for each respective satellite is based on one or more of the following: (a) measurement noise in the estimated WL bias observed by the WL bias filter or Kalman filter, (b) variation, range or limit of the WL bias about its average (mean) over one or more epochs or GNSS time over an extended time period, (c) variation, range or limit of the WL (mean) over one or more epochs or GNSS time over an extended period, where the distortion in observed WL bias measurements during rising or setting of a satellite from view of the reference receiver is eliminated, adjusted or compensated to avoid such distortion that would otherwise result from atmospheric propagation delays.
An epoch is a measurement time interval of the GNSS system, such as a time interval between sampling of phase measurements of the carrier phase signals or the code phase.
Each WL filtering system (e.g., WL ZD filter (400, 501)) can provide or estimate dynamic noise of a corresponding WL bias for a respective satellite. The estimated dynamic noise of the WL bias filter can replace a default dynamic noise or a reference dynamic noise that is stored in the WL bias filter, the WL ZD filter (400, 501) (e.g., which comprises a residual WL bias filter), or a data storage device of the receiver. The default dynamic noise may be based on empirical measurements, historical measurements, or the last measurement of the WL bias filter that was stored prior to turning off the receiver. In one embodiment, the default dynamic noise is selected to be aligned with the typical dynamic noise associated with operating in the conventional WL bias filtering mode, such as the first WL tuned dynamic noise.
In an alternate embodiment, for operating in the conventional WL bias filtering mode, the default dynamic noise may be based on a noise temperature or average operating noise temperature for a satellite system comprising a pair of a particular satellite and corresponding receiver at each carrier frequency to estimate the first WL tuned dynamic noise, where the noise temperature or average operating noise temperature depends upon noise contributions from background noise, atmospheric noise and receiver front-end noise.
In one configuration, the WL filter or Kalman filter provides the default dynamic noise or an estimated dynamic noise to the WL ZD filter (400, 501). During transient conditions where there are fluctuations in the signal to noise ratio of carrier, encoded signals or code phase shifts that would otherwise perturb or distort the WL bias corrections provided for the correction signal, the WL filtering system or WL ZD filter (400, 501) can decrease, increase or adjust the weight ofWL bias that is estimated for one or more corresponding epochs (and otherwise headed for incorporation into the correction signal) to determine or limit an average or mean of the WL bias over time (e.g., over sequence of successive epochs) for a corresponding satellite based on the applicable dynamic noise for the conventional WL bias filtering mode, estimated dynamic noise for the time-variant bias filtering mode, or both.
Under a first technique, in the first filtering mode (e.g., conventional WL bias filtering mode), the WL filter or WL ZD filter (400, 501) can determine an associated respective limit, range, maximum limit, maximum range, or maximum variance of an average or mean of the WL bias for a corresponding satellite that is associated with the default dynamic noise or a lower level of dynamic noise. For example, the associated WL residuals in the WL ambiguities can form a parameter or indicator for adjustment of maximum range or maximum limit in the dynamic noise, such that WL bias above or below the maximum range or maximum limit is rejected for estimation of the average or mean of the WL bias in the WL ZD filter (400, 501).
For example, in the first WL filtering mode the WL bias filtering system 505 may apply Kalman constraints in the associated limit, lower limit, upper limit, maximum limit, maximum range or maximum variance of the average or mean of the WL bias to reject the determined or estimated WL bias that exceeds the limit, range or variance for purposes of determining the average or mean of the WL bias of a respective satellite for each epoch or corresponding time period. Therefore, the dynamic noise can be applied to enhance the accuracy of the WL bias of a respective satellite for each epoch or corresponding time period.
Under the first WL filtering mode, in the WL bias filtering system 505 or WL ZD filter (400, 501), a WL bias for corresponding satellite may be modeled as a constant WL bias that varies slowly over time for some epochs where discontinuities in the WL bias do not occur, or in the conventional WL bias mode. Similarly, in the WL bias filter and residual WL bias filter, the WL bias for a particular satellite may be modeled as a constant WL bias that varies slowly over time (E.g., WL bias varies within .1 to .2 cycles at WL frequency) for some epochs if the particular satellite does not support (e.g., dynamic) transmit power adjustment of the LI or L2C carrier signals to compensate for interference. However, even if the particular satellite does not support transmit power adjustment, the particular satellite may have WL bias discontinuities or a change in WL bias per unit time that exceeds a threshold rate of change in WL bias per unit time because of switching of different signal paths, satellite transmitters or thermal variation within the hardware portions of any satellite. More generally, in the second WL filtering mode (e.g., time-variant WL mode), the WL bias filter and supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504) (e.g., residual WL bias filter), the WL bias is modeled as a time-varying WL bias (e.g., varying up to approximately .3 to .5 cycles, inclusive, at WL frequency or wavelength), at least for transient intervals of one or more epochs, such as when the transmit power of a satellite is adjusted because of interference, switching to a redundant transmitter of satellite (e.g., with different hardware or thermal characteristics), or changing a signal path associated with a transmit antenna, or antenna array, of the satellite. During the second WL filtering mode or a transition to the second WL filtering mode from the first WL filtering mode, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (504)
FIG. 16A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal -to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits an LI (P(Y) signal 904 encoded with pseudo-random noise code (PN) and LI CA signal 903 encoded with a coarse-acquisition code, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias. The signal -to-noise ratio 901 (e.g., in decibels) is shown on the vertical axis. The signal-to-noise ratio 901 may be expressed as a carrier-signal- to-noise ratio, for instance. Time 902 (e.g., in 24 hour time increments and days) is indicated along the horizontal axis.
FIG. 16B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN and L2C signal 905 on a common time axis 902, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 17A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time for a satellite that transmits LI (P(Y) 904 or L2 P(Y) 906 signal encoded with PN and the LI CA signal 903 encoded with the course-acquisition code on a common time axis 902, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 17B is chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits the L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN and the L2C signal 905, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 18A is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits LI (P(Y) signal 904 or L2 P(Y) signal 906 encoded with PN and the LI CA signal 903 encoded with the course-acquisition code, where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias.
FIG. 18B is an illustrative chart comparing a relative signal-to-noise ratio versus time on a common time axis 902 for a satellite that transmits the L2 P(Y) 906 encoded with PN and the L2C 905 signal), where the correction signal can be applied to address such transitory changes in bias. FIG. 19A is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias 910 for the PI signal versus L1CA signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals overtime 912. The vertical axis illustrates the differential code bias 910 (e.g., in meters) and the horizontal axis indicates the time 912 on a military or 24 hour clock format. One illustrative example of estimated differential code bias 911 is shown in the solid line, while the raw differential code bias measurements 914 are shown as the points or dotted regions.
FIG. 19B is an illustrative chart that shows the differential code bias 916 for the P2 signal versus L2C signal associated with changes in power of the carrier or encoded portions of the respective signals overtime 912. The vertical axis illustrates the differential code bias 910 (e.g., in meters) and the horizontal axis indicates the time 912 on a military or 24 hour clock format. One illustrative example of estimated differential code bias 911 is shown in the solid line, while the raw differential code bias measurements 916 are shown as the points or dotted regions.
FIG. 20A illustrates the WL bias estimate 920 versus time for a WL fdtering system that is operating in a first WL filtering mode. The vertical axis shows the WL bias 917 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the WL frequency). Meanwhile, the horizontal axis shows time 919 in days.
FIG. 20B illustrates the WL bias 923 (e.g., WL bias estimate) versus time 919 and the WL residual 921 versus time 919 for a WL filtering system that is operating in a second WL filtering mode. Similar to FIG. 13A, on the vertical axis FIG. 13B shows the WL bias 917 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the WL frequency). Note the spikes 922 (e.g., WL residual spikes or WL transient peaks) in the WL residual 921, which coincide with relatively rapid deviations (and corresponding nearly vertical slope as illustrated, at least for the time scale of FIG. 13B) in the WL bias 923 (e.g., WL bias estimate).
FIG. 21A illustrates the NL bias 918 versus time 919 for a NL filtering system (e.g., 507) that is operating in the first NL filtering mode. The vertical axis shows the NL bias 918 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency). Meanwhile, the horizontal axis shows time 919 in days. The estimated NL bias 930 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency or its corresponding NL wavelength) is illustrated over a time period of two days, for example.
FIG. 2 IB illustrates the NL bias 932 versus time 934 and the code-phase bias 932 versus time 934 for the NL filtering system (e.g., 507) that is operating in the second NL filtering mode. Similar to FIG. 14A, on the vertical axis FIG. 14B shows the NL bias 932 (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency) and code-phase bias (e.g., in meters). Note that the code-phase bias 937 (e.g., which can be expressed in meters) may provide a leading indicator (e.g., temporally leading indicator) or leading correlation/co-variance for coincident or later epochs that follow earlier changes in code-phase bias 937 with accompanying later changes in the estimated NL bias 935. As illustrated, the estimated NL bias (e.g., in cycles or fractional cycles at the NL frequency or its corresponding NL wavelength) is shown over a time period of two days, for example.
In an alternate embodiment, separate or cumulative with any other embodiments (e.g., of the NL bias filtering system 507), the WL bias filtering system 505, any of its constituent Kalman filters, may estimate the WL filter bias to fall within a limit or constraints based on the following Kalman filter states, factors and constraints: (1) one or more prior satellite WL biases during a sampling period, such as a lowest satellite WL bias value or highest WL bias value within a range of satellite WL biases during the sampling period, (2) a series of most recent WL bias values preceding a current WL bias value, (3) an average, mode, median, probability density function and/or mean of prior satellite WL bias during a sampling period of one or more epochs, (4) a difference, limit, upper limit, lower limit, maximum deviation, or maximum range between an estimated satellite WL bias and the last prior satellite WL bias, or the average or mean of prior satellite WL biases during a sampling period, (5) a maximum rate of change from an average or mean satellite WL bias or a satellite last WL bias, and/or (6) a revised limit that replaces the limit (previous limit) and that is commensurate with any increased dynamic noise threshold. Accordingly, in one embodiment the WL bias fdtering system applies the above limits or constraints in estimation of WL bias values (e.g., in conjunction with transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
In yet another alternate embodiment, separate or cumulative with any other embodiments, the WL bias filtering system 505, any of its constituent Kalman filters, may be constrained to a compensated WL bias or smoothed WL bias estimates that comprises a series interconnected and continuous polynomial segments (e.g., with maximum slope constraints or maximum curve constraints consistent with a historical record or (artificial intelligence) training of transient conditions associated with previous power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
In still another alternate embodiment, separate or cumulative with any other embodiments, the WL bias filtering system 505, any of its constituent Kalman filters, may adjust or estimate a compensated WL bias (e.g., for transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes) by reducing, increasing, capping, limiting or fixing the maximum rate of change per unit time of the observed WL bias for some time period (e.g., or number of epochs) after a discontinuity in the residual WL bias, is detected alone, or together in conjunction with one or more coextensive factors, such as temporally aligned discontinuity in carrier phase measurements at one or more reference receivers 130 that provide reference phase measurements to the data processing center 118.
In an alternate embodiment, separate or cumulative with any other embodiments, the NL bias filtering system 507, any of its constituent Kalman filters, may estimate the NL filter bias to fall within a limit or constraints based on the following Kalman filter states, factors and constraints: (1) one or more prior satellite NL biases during a sampling period, such as a lowest NL bias value or highest NL bias value within a range of NL biases during the sampling period, (2) a series of most recent satellite NL bias values preceding a current satellite NL bias value, (3) an average, mode, median, probability density function, and/or mean of prior satellite NL bias during a sampling period of one or more epochs, (4) a difference, limit, upper limit, lower limit, maximum deviation, or maximum range between an estimated satellite NL bias and the last prior satellite NL bias, or the average or mean of prior satellite NL biases during a sampling period, (5) a maximum rate of change from an average or mean satellite NL bias or a last satellite NL bias, and/or (6) a revised limit that replaces the limit (previous limit) and that is commensurate with any increased dynamic noise threshold. Accordingly, in one embodiment the NL bias filtering system 507 applies the above limits or constraints in estimation of NL bias values (e.g., in conjunction with transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
In yet another alternate embodiment, separate or cumulative with any other embodiments, the NL bias filtering system 507, any of its constituent Kalman filters, may be constrained to a compensated NL bias or smoothed NL bias estimates that comprises a series interconnected and continuous polynomial segments (e.g., with maximum slope constraints or maximum curve constraints consistent with a historical record or (artificial intelligence) training of transient conditions associated with previous power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes).
In still another alternate embodiment, separate or cumulative with any other embodiments, the NL bias filtering system 507, any of its constituent Kalman filters, may adjust or estimate a compensated NL bias (e.g., for transient conditions associated with power changes in carrier signals and encoded components, or code-phase bias changes) by reducing, increasing, capping, limiting or fixing the maximum rate of change per unit time of the observed NL bias for some time period (e.g., or number of epochs) after a discontinuity in the residual NL bias, is detected alone, or together in conjunction with one or more coextensive factors, such as temporally aligned discontinuity in carrier phase measurements at one or more reference receivers 130 that provide reference phase measurements to the data processing center 118.
In one embodiment, the electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118, or the clock solution module 44 (e.g., orbit/clock satellite bias quality module) is adapted to determining one or more quality indicators indicating the quality of GNSS satellite orbit solution, satellite clock, satellite wide-lane bias, and narrow-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where:
Nsat is the number of satellites used;
Nref is the number of reference sites used;
Qi (Narrow Lane bias quality value) can be one of the following:
=0 (U SURE_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is not ready to use; =l(POOR_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is poor and to be removed in partial fix; =2(GOOD_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is good to use for SD fix; =3(GREAT_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is excellent and can be used for reference satellite.
Further, in one configuration, the electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118, or the clock solution module 44 (e.g., orbit/clock satellite bias quality module), or the correction manager 40 is configured to incorporate one or more of quality indicators into the correction signal for corresponding satellites.
FIG. 22 illustrates flow chart for one embodiment (e.g., first embodiment) of a method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal. The method starts in step S820 and comprises an improvement to providing a global satellite correction signal.
In step S820, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement pre-processing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501) determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and corresponding a time- variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter 504 for each satellite. For example, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement pre-processing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501) ), such as the WL bias filtering system 505, determine the time-variant wide-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where is satellite wi de-lane bias (one per satellite for all receivers), is LI satellite code bias, is L2 satellite code bias, is L 1 satellite phase bias, is L2 satellite phase bias, is the LI frequency, f is the L2 frequency, and where both satellite and receiver wide-lane biases are not constant over time. Further, the time-variant wide lane bias can include an additional wide-lane inter-frequency bias for a corresponding satellite and receiver; particularly for the GLONASS GNSS constellation. In certain configurations of step S820, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement preprocessing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501) determines the WL bias by setting or establishing a tuned dynamic noise for satellite WL bias, of each corresponding satellite, applicable to a first bank of WL ZD filters as follows: inputting post-fit, wide-lane residuals, of corresponding satellites to a second bank of supplemental WL bias predictive filters that comprise WL Kalman filters; determining for each satellite in ones of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters, a variance, Q , of the inputted wide-lane bias residuals at a corresponding measurement time (t); and estimating a second variance or next variance, associated with a sampling time (t+1) after the measurement time based on tuned dynamic noise, consistent with a dynamic noise constraint (separately and independently determined for the WL Kalman filter for a respective satellite) defined by T (TWL).
In step S822, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20); orbit solution module 38, or its filters (404, 39, 506); or the clock solution module 44, or its filters (408, 43, 506) determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code-phase bias filters) 512 for each satellite. For example, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20); orbit solution module 38, or its filters (404, 39, 506); or the clock solution module 44, or its filters (408, 43, 506) ), such as the NL bias filtering system 50, determine the time-variant narrow-lane code bias, , in accordance with the following: where, P is the narrow-lane LI code bias for receiver r and satellite s, is the narrow-lane L2 code bias for receiver r and satellite s, f is the L1 frequency, is the L2 frequency, represents the common terms for any given frequency, L is receiver r narrow-lane lane code bias (one per receiver and constellation for all visible satellites), is satellite s narrow-lane lane code bias, and are errors in the refraction-corrected, narrow-lane code bias, such as unmodeled errors.
In certain configurations of step S822, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20); orbit solution module 38, or its filters (404, 39, 506); or the clock solution module 44, or its filters (408, 43, 506) determine the NL bias by setting or establishing a tuned dynamic noise for satellite NL bias, , or satellite RC code-phase bias of each corresponding satellite, applicable to a first bank of NL ZD filters as follows: inputting refraction corrected code (NL) residuals, of corresponding satellites to a second bank of NL bias filters/code-phase filters that comprise NL Kalman filters; determining for each satellite in ones of the NL bias filters/code-phase filters, a variance, , of the inputted narrow-lane bias residuals at a corresponding measurement time (t); and estimating a second variance or next variance, associated with a sampling time (t+1) after the measurement time based on tuned NL dynamic noise consistent with a dynamic noise constraint (separately and independently determined for the NL Kalman filter for a respective satellite) defined by T (TNL).
In step S824, the low latency clock module 52, a correction manager 40, or an electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118 provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias.
Step S824 may be conducted in accordance with various procedures that may be applied separately or cumulatively. Under a first procedure, the low latency clock module 52, a correction manager 40, or an electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center (18, 118) determines one or more quality indicators indicating the quality of GNSS satellite orbit solution, satellite clock, satellite wide-lane bias, and narrow-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where:
Nsat is the number of satellites used;
Nref is the number of reference sites used; and
Qt (Narrow Lane bias quality value) can be one of the following:
=0 (UNSURE_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is not ready to use;
=1(POOR_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is poor and to be removed in partial fix; =2(GOOD_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is good to use for SD fix; or =3(GREAT_SAT_BIAS) if satellite bias is excellent and can be used for reference satellite.
Under a second procedure, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the quality indicators into the correction signal for one or more epochs or sampling intervals. Under a third procedure, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the correction signal, alone or together with code-phase bias data or code bias data to compensate for one or more of the following conditions or states: (1) a first state where the time-variant wide-lane bias results from observed changes in in received signal-to-noise ratio or carrier-to-noise density ratio of an encoded LI C/A or L2C (or L2C or L5) satellite signal of the satellite transmitter; (2) a second state where the time-variant narrow-lane bias results from observed changes in received signal-to-noise ratio or carrier-to-noise density ratio of an encoded LI C/A or L2C (or L2C or L5) satellite signal of the satellite transmitter; and (3) a third state where the time variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane bias results from thermally dependent inter-frequency clock biases (e.g., different hardware signal paths in the satellite or different thermal environments of different transmitter signal paths within the satellite).
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 23 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S824 is replaced with step S825 in FIG. 23. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 23, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S825, the low latency clock module 52, a correction manager 40, or an electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center 118 provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias, and code bias (or code-phase bias) for one or more epochs and for each satellite (of a respective GNSS constellation) within reception range of the mobile receiver 12. In general, as a practical matter, the code bias (of the pseudo-random noise code the encodes any carrier of a GNSS signal component) is or can be correlated to the phase bias (e.g., satellite clock bias components) of the corresponding carrier phase of the GNSS signal component, such as phase bias owing to or related to the flex power or changes in transmit power of the corresponding carrier phase of the GNSS signal component; hence, the term code-phase bias can be used to indicate such correlation throughout this disclosure.
Further, in alternate embodiments step S825 can be substituted for step S824 in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 24 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S820 is replaced with step S821 in FIG. 24. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 24, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S821, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement pre-processing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501) determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and corresponding a time- variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter 504 for each satellite: (A) where a wide-lane zero difference filter provides wide-lane residuals to the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for a given satellite; and (B) where the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter provides the tuned dynamic noise (e.g., refined, tuned dynamic noise) based on the provided wide-lane residuals for the respective satellite to the wide-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
Further, in alternate embodiments step S821 can be substituted for step S820 in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
In an alternate embodiment of step S821, the determining of the wide-lane fixed ambiguities and wide lane bias per satellite comprises:
(A) establishing a pair of wide-lane zero difference filter and the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for each satellite;
(B) providing, by the wide-lane zero difference filter 501, wide-lane residuals to the paired, corresponding supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for a given satellite; and
(C) providing, by the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter (e.g., 504), the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided wide-lane residuals for the respective satellite to the wide-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite, wherein the pair of the WL ZD filter 501 and the supplemental WL bias predictive filter (e.g., 504) for a given satellite comprise software instructions and/or Kalman filter logic structures associated with a pre-processing module 36 within the data processing center.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 25 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S822 is replaced with step S823 in FIG. 25. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 25, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S823, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20); orbit solution module 38, or its filters (404, 39, 506); or the clock solution module 44, or its filters (408, 43, 506) determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code-phase bias filter(s) 512 for each satellite: (A) where a narrow-lane, zero-difference filter provides refraction-corrected code residuals to the corresponding narrow-lane filter/code-bias filter for a given satellite; and (B) where the narrow-lane filter/code bias filter provides the tuned dynamic noise (e.g., refined tuned dynamic noise) based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
Further, in alternate embodiments step S823 can be substituted for step S822 in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
In an alternate embodiment of step S823, the determining of the narrow-lane fixed ambiguities and narrow-lane bias per satellite comprises:
(A) establishing a pair of narrow-lane zero difference filter 506 and the supplemental narrow-lane bias predictive filter for each satellite; (B) providing, by the narrow-lane, zero-difference fdter 506, refraction-corrected code residuals to the paired, corresponding narrow-lane fdter/code-bias fdter (e.g., 512) for a given satellite;
(C) providing, by the narrow-lane fdter/code bias fdter (e.g., 512), the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference fdter for the given satellite, wherein the pair of the NL ZD fdter 506 and the narrow-lane bias fdter/code bias fdter for each satellite (e.g., the supplemental NL bias predictive fdter 512) for a given satellite comprise software instructions and/or Kalman fdter logic structures associated with an orbit solution module 38 or clock solution module 44 within the data processing center.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 26 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S826 is added in FIG. 26. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 26, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S826, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20), measurement pre-processing module 36, or one or more of its filters (400, 37, 501, 504) determine whether to operate in a first wide-lane (WL) filtering mode or a second WL filtering mode) for a next wide lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch (or a transient period thereafter): (A) where the first WL filtering mode (of one or more of WL filters 400, 501, 504) is within a corresponding first WL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation) with respect to a previous mean of the WL bias from a series of previous successive epochs (prior to the next epoch), or (B) where the second WL filtering mode (of one or more of WL filters 400, 501, 504) has a corresponding second WL threshold (e.g., second limited deviation) with respect to the previous mean that is greater than the first WL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation) for each corresponding satellite.
Further, in alternate embodiments step S826 can be added in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 27 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except step S828 is added in FIG. 27. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 27, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S828, the electronic data processor (e.g., 20); orbit solution module 38, or its filters (404, 39, 506); or the clock solution module 44, or its filters (408, 43, 506, 512) determine whether to operate in a first narrow-lane (NL) filtering mode or a second NL filtering mode) for a next narrow-lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch (or a transient period thereafter): (A) where the first NL filtering mode (of one or more NL filters 408, 43, 506, 512) is within a corresponding first NL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation) with respect to a previous mean of the NL bias from a series of previous successive epochs (prior to the next epoch), or (B) where the second NL filtering mode (of one or more NL filters 408, 43, 506, 512) has a corresponding second NL threshold (e.g., second limited deviation) with respect to the previous mean that is greater than the first NL threshold (e.g., first limited deviation) for each corresponding satellite.
Further, in alternate embodiments step S828, can be added, separately or cumulatively with step S826, in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 28 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except steps S830 and S832 are added to FIG. 21. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 28, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S830, for each satellite within reception range, the supplemental WL bias predictive filter(s) determines, or is configured to determine, a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance.
In step S832, one or more of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters 504 provide, or are configured to provide, to the WL ZD filter 501 , a second WL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter 501 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
Further, in alternate embodiments steps S830 and S832 can be added in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
In another alternate embodiment, cumulatively or separately with step S830, one or more supplemental WL bias predictive filters 504 (e.g., or the electronic data processor 20 of the data processing center), determine, or are configured to determine, for each satellite within reception range, a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance. Further, cumulatively, or separately with step S832, one or more of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters 504 provide, or are configured to provide, to the WL ZD filter 501, a first WL tuned dynamic noise (as maintenance of the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter 501 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is equal to or less than the derived metric, and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 29 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except steps S834 and S836 are added to FIG. 29. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 29, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S834, for each satellite within reception range, one or more supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase filter(s) 512 determine, or are configured to determine, a derived metric (TNL) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase bias residuals) and their variance. RC code residuals or RC code-phase bias residuals may be referred to as NL residuals, individually or collectively. In certain illustrative embodiments, supplemental NL bias predictive filters, like Kalman filters or extended Kalman filters, may be used to implement the NL bias filter/code phase filters.
Step S836 may be executed in accordance with various techniques or variations, that may be applied, separately or cumulatively, and in conjunction with the step S834 referenced above.
Under a first technique for executing step S836, one or more of the NL bias filter/code -phase filter(s) 512 provide, or are configured to provide, to the NL ZD filter 506, a second NL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter 506 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise and where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
Under a second technique for executing step S836, one or more the NL bias filter/code -phase filters 512 provide, or are configured to provide, to the NL ZD filter 506, a first NL tuned dynamic noise (as the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter 506 (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
Under a third technique for executing step S836, one or more the NL bias filter/code-phase filters 512 provide, or are configured to provide, (e.g., to the NL ZD filter 506, to the low-latency clock module, or to the correction module 52) a code-phase bias (e.g., refraction-corrected code-phase bias) for incorporation into (or augmentation of) the correction signal if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite. By selectively not incorporating or augmenting the correction signal with the code-phase bias under the third technique, wireless bandwidth or satellite channel bandwidth can be conserved, such as for increasing the maximum wireless communications channel (e.g., physical or virtual) throughput or maximum transmission rate of other correction data.
Under a fourth technique for executing step S836, one or more the NL bias filter/code-phase filters 512 provide, or optionally withhold, (or are configured to provide or optionally withhold, e.g., to the NL ZD filter 506, to the low-latency clock module, or to the correction module 52) a code-phase bias (e.g., refraction-corrected code-phase bias) that is not incorporated into the correction signal if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite. Further, in alternate embodiments steps S834 and S836, can be added, separately or cumulatively with steps S830 and S832, in any methods or flow charts in this disclosure.
The embodiment of the method of FIG. 30 is similar to the embodiment of the method of FIG. 22, except steps S840 and S842 are added to FIG. 30. Like reference numbers in FIG. 22 and FIG. 30, or in any set of drawings, for that matter, indicate like elements or features.
In step S840, one or more of the NL bias fdter/code -phase fdter(s) 512 determine whether an estimated refraction corrected code-phase bias meets or exceeds a code-phase bias threshold. Further, the main NL ZD fdter 506 applies satellite NL bias dynamic noise 510 associated with the code-phase bias meeting or exceeding the code-phase bias threshold to determine resolved or fixed NL ambiguities and associated NL bias and associated code bias or code-phase bias.
In step S842, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the refraction-corrected code bias or code-phase bias into the correction signal if the code-phase bias meets or exceeds the code-phase bias threshold.
In an alternate embodiment, step S840 and S842 can be collectively modified as follows: Firstly, in alternate step S840, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the refraction-corrected code bias into the correction signal if the code bias meets or exceeds the code bias threshold. Secondly, in alternate step S842, the data processor 20, the low-latency clock module 52, or the correction manager 40 incorporates the refraction-corrected code bias or code- phase bias into the correction signal if the code bias meets or exceeds the code bias threshold.
The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

Claims

The following is claimed:
1. A method for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, wherein the method comprises an improvement comprising: determining wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and corresponding a time-variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to a tuned dynamic noise as a current setting for the respective current epoch within a supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for each satellite; determining narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to another tuned dynamic noise as a current setting for the respective current epoch within a narrow-lane bias/code -phase bias filter for each satellite; and providing a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias for each satellite, wherein the correction signal further comprises code bias or code-phase bias for each satellite for one or more epochs.
2. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: estimating a test statistic based on a ratio of wide-lane bias residuals to a square root of the variance of the wide-lane bias residuals for a respective satellite; and determining whether the estimated test statistic is greater than the specified threshold of the dynamic noise for the respective satellite; and increasing the tuned dynamic noise if the estimated test statistic is determined to be greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise for the respective satellite.
3. The method according to claim 2 wherein the tuned dynamic noise of the wide-lane bias predictive filter is increased from a first tuned dynamic noise range to second tuned dynamic noise range.
4. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: estimating a test statistic based on a ratio of narrow-lane bias residuals to a square root of the variance of narrow-lane bias residuals for a respective satellite; and determining whether the estimated test statistic is greater than a specified threshold of the dynamic noise for the respective satellite; and increasing the tuned dynamic noise if the estimated test statistic is determined to be greater than the specified threshold of the dynamic noise for the respective satellite.
5. The method according to claim 4 wherein the tuned dynamic noise of the narrow-lane bias predictive fdter is increased from a first tuned dynamic noise range to second tuned dynamic noise range for the respective satellite.
6. The method according to claim 1 wherein, in a pre-processing module of the clock and orbit estimation module within the data processing center, the determining of the wide-lane fixed ambiguities and wide lane bias per satellite are estimated by a pair of wide-lane zero difference filter and the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for each satellite, further comprising: providing, by the wide-lane zero difference filter, wide-lane residuals to the paired, corresponding supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for a given satellite; providing, by the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter, the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided wide-lane residuals for the respective satellite to the wide-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
7. The method according to claim 1 wherein, in a clock solution module of the clock and orbit estimation module within the data processing center, the determining of the narrow-lane fixed ambiguities and narrow-lane bias per satellite are estimated by a pair of narrow-lane, zero-difference filter and the narrow- lane bias filter/code bias filter for each satellite, further comprising: providing, by the narrow-lane, zero-difference filter, refraction-corrected code residuals to the paired, corresponding narrow-lane filter/code-bias filter for a given satellite; providing, by the narrow-lane filter/code bias filter, the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
8. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: determining whether to operate in a first wide-lane filtering mode with a corresponding first WL threshold of a next wide lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch with respect to a previous mean of the WL bias from a series of previous successive epochs, or a second wide-lane filtering mode with a corresponding second WL threshold of a next wide lane bias correction for the given satellite for the next epoch, or a transient period thereafter, with respect to the previous mean that is greater than (or exceeds the limit of) the first WL threshold for each corresponding satellite.
9. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: determining whether to operate in a first narrow-lane filtering mode with a corresponding first NL threshold of a next narrow-lane bias correction for a given satellite for a next epoch with respect to a previous mean of the NL bias from a series of previous successive epochs, or a second narrow-lane filtering mode with a corresponding second NL threshold of a next narrow-lane bias correction for the given satellite for the next epoch, or a transient period thereafter, with respect to the previous mean that is greater than (or exceeds the limit of) the first NL threshold for each corresponding satellite.
10. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: for each satellite within reception range, determining, by supplemental WL bias predictive filter (or the electronic data processor of the data processing center), a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance; providing, by the supplemental WL bias predictive filter to the WL ZD filter, a second WL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second WL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first WL tuned dynamic noise and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
11. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: for each satellite within reception range, determining, by supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase filter, a derived metric (TNL) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals and their variance; providing, by the NL bias filter/code-phase filter to the NL ZD filter, a second NL tuned dynamic noise (as a transition or the next setting for the next epoch) to replace the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the second NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the first NL tuned dynamic noise and where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
12. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: for each satellite within reception range, determining, by supplemental WL bias predictive filter, a derived metric (TWL) based on the WL residuals and their variance; providing, by the supplemental WL bias predictive filter to the WL ZD filter, a first WL tuned dynamic noise (as maintenance of the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first WL tuned dynamic noise of the WL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first WL tuned dynamic noise is equal to or less than the derived metric, and where the WL residuals associated with WL bias and corresponding resolved WL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
13. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: for each satellite within reception range, determining, by supplemental NL bias fdter/code-phase filter, a derived metric (TNL) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (RC code residuals) and their variance; providing, by the NL bias filter/code-phase filter to the NL ZD filter, a first NL tuned dynamic noise (as the next setting for the next epoch) to maintain the first NL tuned dynamic noise of the NL ZD filter (as the current setting for the current epoch) if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is less than or equal to the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
14. The method according to claim 1 further comprising: for each satellite within reception range, determining, by supplemental NL bias filter/code-phase filter, a derived metric (TNL) based on the refraction-corrected code residuals (e.g. RC code-phase residuals) and their variance; providing, by the NL bias filter/code-phase filter to the NL ZD filter, incorporating the code- phase bias into the correction signal if the first NL tuned dynamic noise is greater than the derived metric, where the RC code residuals associated with NL bias and corresponding resolved NL ambiguities pertain to a particular satellite.
15. The method according to claim 1 wherein the determining of the WL bias further comprises: setting the tuned dynamic noise for satellite WL bias, b^L. of each corresponding satellite, applicable to a first bank of WL ZD filters by the following: inputting post-fit, wide-lane residuals, of corresponding satellites to a second bank of supplemental WL bias predictive filters that comprise WL Kalman filters; determining for each satellite in ones of the supplemental WL bias predictive filters, a variance, Qb[ , of the inputted wide-lane bias residuals at a corresponding measurement time (/): and estimating a second variance or next variance, Qst+1 associated with a sampling time (/ /) after the measurement time based on the tuned dynamic noise, qb, consistent with a dynamic noise constraint (separately and independently determined for the WL Kalman filter for a respective satellite) defined by T (TWL).
16. The method according to claim 1 wherein the determining of the NL bias further comprises: setting the tuned dynamic noise for satellite NL bias, , or satellite RC code-phase bias of each corresponding satellite, applicable to a first bank of NL ZD filters by the following: inputting refraction corrected code (NL) residuals, of corresponding satellites to a second bank of NL bias filters/code-phase filters that comprise NL Kalman filters; determining for each satellite in ones of the NL bias filters/code-phase filters, a variance, t , of the inputted narrow-lane bias residuals at a corresponding measurement time (/): and estimating a second variance or next variance, associated with a sampling time (t+1) after the measurement time based on tuned NL dynamic noise, , consistent with a dynamic noise constraint (separately and independently determined for the NL Kalman filter for a respective satellite) defined by
17. A system for providing a global satellite differential correction signal, wherein the system comprises: a wide-lane bias filtering system configured to determine wide-lane, fixed ambiguities and corresponding a time-variant wide-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for each satellite; a narrow-lane bias filtering system configured to determine narrow-lane, fixed ambiguities, a satellite slow clock solution and a time-variant narrow-lane bias for a corresponding satellite based on adaptive estimation on adaptive estimation responsive to tuned dynamic noise within a narrow-lane bias/code -phase bias filter for each satellite, wherein the narrow-lane bias/code -phase bias is configured to estimate code-bias or code-phase bias; and a correction data estimator configured to provide a correction signal comprising the wide-lane ambiguities, the time-variant wide-lane bias and the narrow-lane ambiguities and the time-variant narrow lane bias for each satellite, wherein the correction signal further comprises the code bias or the code- phase bias for each satellite for one or more epochs.
18. The system according to claim 17 wherein the wide-lane bias filtering system further comprises: a pair of wide-lane zero-difference filter and the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for each satellite; the wide-lane zero difference filter configured to provide a plurality of wide-lane residuals to the paired, corresponding supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter for a given satellite; and the supplemental wide-lane bias predictive filter configured to provide the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided wide-lane residuals for the respective satellite to the wide-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
19. The system according to claim 17 wherein the narrow-lane bias filtering system further comprises: a pair of narrow-lane, zero-difference filter and the narrow-lane bias filter/code bias filter for each satellite; the narrow-lane, zero-difference filter configured to provide a plurality of refraction-corrected code residuals to the paired, corresponding narrow-lane filter/code-bias filter for a given satellite; the narrow-lane filter/code bias filter configured to provide the tuned dynamic noise based on the provided refraction-corrected code residuals for the respective satellite to the narrow-lane zero difference filter for the given satellite.
20. The system according to claim 17 wherein the wide-lane bias filtering system is configured to determine the time -variant wide-lane bias in accordance with the following equation: where: is satellite widelane bias (one per satellite for all receivers), B is LI satellite code bias, is L2 satellite code bias, is LI satellite phase bias, is L2 satellite phase bias, is the LI frequency, is the L2 frequency, and where both satellite and receiver wide-lane biases are not constant over time.
21. The system according to claim 17 wherein the narrow-lane bias filtering system is configured to determine the time-variant narrow -lane code bias, , in accordance with the following: where: is the narrow-lane LI code bias for receiver r and satellite s, is the narrow-lane L2 code bias for receiver r and satellite s, is the LI frequency, is the L2 frequency, represents the common terms for any given frequency, is receiver r narrow-lane lane code bias (one per receiver and constellation for all visible satellites), is satellite s narrow-lane lane code bias, and are errors in the refraction-corrected, narrow-lane code bias, such as unmodeled errors.
EP21916671.7A 2021-01-31 2021-12-17 Adaptive estimation of gnss satellite biases Pending EP4285155A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163143921P 2021-01-31 2021-01-31
US202163201612P 2021-05-06 2021-05-06
US17/302,572 US12099125B2 (en) 2018-06-25 2021-05-06 Adaptive estimation of GNSS satellite biases
PCT/US2021/072995 WO2022173528A2 (en) 2021-01-31 2021-12-17 Adaptive estimation of gnss satellite biases

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP4285155A2 true EP4285155A2 (en) 2023-12-06

Family

ID=82361174

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP21916671.7A Pending EP4285155A2 (en) 2021-01-31 2021-12-17 Adaptive estimation of gnss satellite biases

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4285155A2 (en)
AU (1) AU2021427796A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2022173528A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12007487B1 (en) * 2020-12-31 2024-06-11 Waymo Llc Global positioning system time verification for autonomous vehicles

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8659474B2 (en) * 2011-01-12 2014-02-25 Navcom Technology, Inc. Navigation system and method for resolving integer ambiguities using double difference ambiguity constraints
US10386496B2 (en) * 2016-03-18 2019-08-20 Deere & Company Navigation satellite orbit and clock determination with low latency clock corrections
US10422885B2 (en) * 2016-03-18 2019-09-24 Deere & Company Rapid recovery of precise position after temporary signal loss

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2022173528A2 (en) 2022-08-18
AU2021427796A1 (en) 2023-09-07
WO2022173528A3 (en) 2022-11-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12099125B2 (en) Adaptive estimation of GNSS satellite biases
EP3430435B1 (en) A precise low-latency gnss satellite clock estimation
EP3572844B1 (en) Method and system for providing satellite correction signal with warm start
WO2019233046A1 (en) Navigation enhancement method and system
US11808861B2 (en) Adaptive estimation of GNSS satellite biases
CA2823697C (en) Method and system for determining clock corrections
US8134497B2 (en) Method and system for location-dependent time-specific correction data
US11460583B2 (en) Method and apparatus for providing correction data for satellite navigation
WO2015131064A1 (en) Locally enhanced gnss wide-area augmentation system
AU2021427796A1 (en) Adaptive estimation of gnss satellite biases
CN117083540A (en) Adaptive estimation of GNSS satellite bias
CN117368951A (en) Carrier phase ambiguity rapid fixing system and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20230815

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)